UC15 CONNNECT Level translate_DOWNLOAD

UC15 CONNNECT Level translate_DOWNLOAD
6
5
4
3
2
1
R107 0R
[1] VBAT_RF
VBAT [1,2]
100NF_NM
UC15 CONNNECT
C104
VBAT_RF [1]
[1]
VBAT_BB
[1]
RI
STATUS [1]
DCD [1]
RTS [1]
CTS [1]
RXD [1,2]
TXD [1,2]
DTR [1]
USB_DP [2]
D
USB_DM [2]
USB_VBUS [2]
33PF_NM
C103
C105
100uF_NM
D
R108 0R
[1] VBAT_BB
VBAT [1,2]
1
2
3
[1] W_DISABLE#
4
5
[1] NETLIGHT
[1] VEXT
6
7
49
50
C109
GND
VBAT_RF
51
53
52
VBAT_RF
VBAT_BB
54
STATUS
VBAT_BB
55
56
RI
DCD
57
59
58
CTS
RTS
60
DTR
RXD
TXD
61
62
USB_DP
63
USB_DM
33PF_NM
C108
WAKEUP_IN
GND
WAKEUP_OUT
GND
RESERVED
GND
W_DISABLE#
GND
RESERVED
GND
RF_ANT
NETLIGHT
GND
VDD_EXT
48
47
46
J101
UFL-R-SMT-1
44
0R
43
1
[1] TEMP_BAT
[1] VEXT
[1,2] PWRKEY
[1] STATUS
R101
42
SD_DATA3
SD_DATA2
SD_CLK
C101
NM
66
C102
NM
[1,2] VDD_3V
[1,2] SIM_VDD
[1,2] SIM_RST
[1,2]SIM_DATA
[1] SIM_CLK
[1] SIM_PRESENCE
[1] PCM_CLK
[1] DCD
[1] DTR
[1,2] RXD
[1,2] TXD
[1] RTS
[1] CTS
[1] RI
65
41
40
39
38
37
36
ADC0 [1]
TEMP_BAT [1]
I2C_SCL [1]
I2C_SDA [1]
PCM_SYNC [1]
PCM_CLK [1]
35
PCM_DIN [1]
34
PCM_DOUT [1]
33
[1] SPK1P
[1] SPK1N
[1] SPK2P
J102
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
ADC0 [1]
VRTC [1]
NETLIGHT [1]
PCM_SYNC [1]
PCM_DOUT [1]
PCM_DIN [1]
TXD3 [1]
RXD3 [1]
WAKEUP_IN [1]
WAKEUP_OUT [1]
W_DISABLE# [1]
I2C_SDA [1]
I2C_SCL [1]
MIC1P [1]
MIC1N [1]
MIC2P [1]
MIC2N [1]
SD_CLK [2]
C117
10PF_NM
C118
33PF_NM
C123
10PF_NM
C124
33PF_NM
C119
10PF_NM
C120
33PF_NM
C125
10PF_NM
C126
33PF_NM
C122
33PF_NM
C127
10PF_NM
C128
33PF_NM
[1] SPK2P
[2] SD_DATA_2
[2] SD_DATA_3
[2] SD_CMD
[2] SD_DATA_1
[2] SD_DATA_0
[2] SD_VDD
[1] MIC2P
[1] MIC2N
[1] MIC1P
[1] SPK1P
C115
[1] MIC1N
[1,2] PWRKEY
[1] SPK2P
[1]SPK1N
[1] SPK1P
[1] EMERG_OFF
C
EMERG_OFF [1]
32
31
SD_DATA0
SD_DATA1
30
29
SD_VDD
MIC2P
SD_CMD
28
27
26
25
MIC1P
24
VRTC
MIC2N
PCM_DOUT
MIC1N
PCM_DIN
SIM_RST
SPK1P
SIM_CLK
23
16
PCM_CLK
SIM_DATA
SPK1N
15
17
[1] VRTC
14
PCM_SYNC
SIM_VDD
22
[1] SIM_CLK
[1,2] SIM_RST
I2C_SDA
SIM_PRESENCE
SPK2P
[1,2] SIM_DATA
13
I2C_SCL
21
12
ADC1
RESERVED
20
11
[1,2] SIM_VDD
ADC0
RESERVED
AGND
[1] SIM_PRESENCE
GND
SIM_GND
19
10
RESERVED
UC15
GND
PWRKEY
9
C
GND
EMERG_OFF
8
18
68
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
[1,2] VBAT
45
U101-A
67
C110
100uF_NM
2
3
4
[1] WAKEUP_IN
[1] WAKEUP_OUT
USB_VBUS
64
100NF_NM
10PF_NM
C116
33PF_NM
C129
10PF_NM
C130
33PF_NM
C131
10PF_NM
C132
33PF_NM
MIC1P [1]
MIC2P [1]
MIC2N [1]
[1] SPK1N
C121
10PF_NM
MIC1N [1]
C134
C135
33PF_NM
10PF_NM
B
B
Level translate_DOWNLOAD
VDD_3V [1,2]
SIM_VDD
RXD3 [1]
2.2K
R104
4.7K_NM
R106
4.7K
R103
R102
C106
1nF
4.7K
VEXT [1]
0R
[1,2] SIM_RST
2
R112
Q101
0R
1
[1,2] SIM_DATA
3
TXD3 [1]
3.3K
R105
R109
2SC4617TLQ
Quectel Technology
A
DRAWN BY
A
TITLE
PORJECT
<NAME HERE>
VER
SIZE
A2
CHECKED BY
<NAME HERE>
6
5
4
3
1.01
SHEET
8
of 9
<DATE HERE>
2
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
MINI USB_5P
T Flash
SD_VDD
D
D
33R
R210
33R
33PF
GND
GND
GND
10
[1] USB_DP
11
12
R213
0R
8
9
GND
9
UAF95-05254-S113
TCARD_HOLDER
C210
100NF
C208
4.7uF
D210
PESD5V0S1BL_NM
GND
GND
R205 10K 5%
R204 10K 5%
R20210K 5%
R203 10K 5%
33R
R211
[1] SD_CLK
DAT0
DAT1
DAT2
CD/DAT3
CMD
CLK
VDD
VSS
J201
C207
[1] SD_CMD
7
8
1
2
3
5
4
6
GND
33R
R209
VBUS
USB_DM
USB_DP
USB_ID
GND
GND
R208
1
2
3
4
5
2PF
C211
7
[1] SD_DATA_2
[1] SD_DATA_3
0R
6
33R
R212
SD12_NM
D203
33R
R207
[1] USB_DM
ESD9B5V-2/TR_NM
D202
R206
J202
[1] USB_VBUS
ESD9B5V-2/TR_NM
D201
[1] SD_DATA_0
[1] SD_DATA_1
R20110K 5%
R221 10K_NM
100NF
C209
ESD9B5_OST5G_NM
D209
ESD9B5_OST5G_NM
D208
ESD9B5_OST5G_NM
D207
D206
ESD9B5_OST5G_NM
ESD9B5_OST5G_NM
D205
ESD9B5_OST5G_NM
D204
C
C
JTAG_VEXT
33PF
TEST POINT
C213
100NF
C212
JTAG
U101-B
74
[2] JTAG_TDO
[2] JTAG_TMS
75
[2] JTAG_TCK
76
[2] JTAG_TDI
77
78
[2] PS_HOLD
79
[2] JTAG_TRST
80
[2] JTAG_RESOUT_N
71
72
73
JTAG_RTCK
JTAG_TDO
JTAG_TMS
JTAG_TCK
JTAG_TDI
PS_HOLD
JTAG_RST
D2D_PON_RESET_N
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
JTAG_VEXT
[2] JTAG_TRST
[2] JTAG_TDI
[2] JTAG_TMS
[2] JTAG_TCK
[2] JTAG_RTCK
[2] JTAG_TDO
[2] JTAG_RESOUT_N
R214
R215
R216
R217
R218
R219
R220
70
[2] JTAG_RTCK
JTAG_VEXT
10k_NM
69
B
J203
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
22R
[1] VDD_3V
VCC
TRST
TDI
TMS
TCK
RTCK
TDO
NRESET
NC
NC
NC
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
VBAT
1
GND
1
PWRKEY
TXD
RXD
SDAT_TXD3
VBAT
[1]
SRST_RXD3
SIM_VDD
1
1
SIM_DATA [1]
1
1
PWRKEY [1]
1
TXD [1]
1
RXD [1]
SIM_RST
[1]
SIM_VDD
[1]
B
Test point for testing
JTAG_20PIN
R222
10K
[2] PS_HOLD
UC15
R223
15K
Quectel Technology
A
DRAWN BY
A
TITLE
PORJECT
<NAME HERE>
VER
SIZE
A2
CHECKED BY
<NAME HERE>
6
5
4
3
1.01
SHEET
8
of 9
<DATE HERE>
2
1
Quectel UC15
UMTS/HSDPA
UMTS/HSDPA Module
Dual-mode&Multi-band
for UMTS&GSM
Embedded Abundant
Protocols
USB 2.0 High Speed
Compliant Interface
HSDPA 3.6Mbps
eCall
USB Drivers
LCC Package
Compact Size
Quectel Enhanced
AT Commands
Key benefits
Worldwide UMTS/HSDPA and GSM/GPRS/EDGE coverage
Minimal SMT form factor ideal for small end products with
tight space
High-quality data and image transmission even in hazard
conditions and dark environment
Fast time-to-market:
Reference designs, evaluation tools and timely technical
support minimize design-in time and development efforts
Robust mounting and interfaces
UC15 is a cost effective UMTS/HSDPA module featuring a
maximum data rate of 3.6Mbps downlink and 384Kbps uplink.
Designed to be compatible with Quectel GSM/GPRS M10
module in the compact and unified form factor, it provides a
flexible and scalable platform for migrating from GSM/GPRS/
EDGE to UMTS/HSDPA. This enables integrators and developers to design their applications once and take advantage of
true worldwide coverage and service flexibility afforded by the
combination of the two most prevalent cellular technologies
worldwide.
Its advanced LCC package allows fully automated manufacturing for high volume applications and copper-surfaced bottom
design optimizes heat dissipation. The tiny profile in cost optimized SMT form factor and highly integration level enable integrators and developers to easily design their applications and
truly benefit from the module’s small size, low power consumption and mechanical intensity.
A rich set of Internet protocols, industry-standard interfaces
(USB/UART/ADC/NETLIGHT/PCM ) and abundant functionalities (USB drivers for Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows
7, Windows 8, Windows CE, Linux, Android/eCall) extend the
applicability of the module to a wide range of M2M applications such as automotive, metering, security, CPE and wireless POS.
Quectel UC15
29.0 mm
UMTS/HSDPA Module
Frequency Bands
Electrical Characteristics
UC15-E
900/[email protected]
900/[email protected]
UC15-A
850/[email protected]
850/900/1800/[email protected]
HSDPA
Release 5 (category 6)
EDGE
Downlink only
GPRS
Multi-slot Class 12
UMTS
Release 99/5
GSM
Release 99/4
Supply Voltage Range
3.3V ~ 4.3V, 3.8V typ.
Operation Temperature
-40 °C ~ +85 °C
Dimensions
29.0mm×29.0mm×2.5mm
Weight
Approx. 4.3g
Control via AT commands
3GPP TS27.007, 27.005 and other enhanced AT
Commands
Specifications
Point-to-point MO and MT
SMS Cell Broadcast
Text and PDU Mode
SMS
DATA
HSDPA
Max.3.6Mbps
UMTS
Max.384Kbps (DL)/Max.384Kbps (UL)
EDGE
Max.236.8Kbps (DL)
GPRS
Max.85.6Kbps (DL)/Max.85.6Kbps (UL)
CSD
64 Kbps
Speech Codec
Modes
HR, FR, EFR, AMR, AMR-WB
Echo Arithmetic
Echo Cancellation
Noise Reduction
Voice
Protocols
2.5 mm
29.0 mm
General Features
Output Power
Class 3 (24dBm +1/-3dB) for UMTS bands
Class 4 (33dBm ±2dB) for GSM 850/900MHz
Class 1 (30dBm ±2dB) for GSM 1800/1900MHz
Consumption
65μ[email protected] off
[email protected]
[email protected] voice, max power
[email protected] voice, max power
[email protected] data, max power
[email protected] data, max power
[email protected], max power
Sensitivity
[email protected] Bands
[email protected] 900MHz
[email protected] 1800MHz
Interfaces
USB
2.0 High Speed
Audio Analog
2 Analog Input and Output Channels, optional
Audio Digital*
Digital Audio through PCM Interface, optional
UART
1×Full Functions
USIM
1.8V/ 3V
ADC
× 2, 12bits
NETLIGHT
STATUS
Indication for Power On and Off Status
Certification
Plan
CE/GCF/FCC/PTCRB
TCP/UDP/PPP/FTP/HTTP/SMTP/MMS/SSL
* Under development
Special Features
USB Serial
Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7,
Windows 8, Windows CE5.0/ 6.0/7.0, Windows
Mobile 6.1*/6.5*, Linux 2.6 or later, Android 2.3
or later,
RIL
Windows CE6.0*, Windows Mobile 6.1*/6.5*,
Android 2.3/4.0
Drivers
MUX
Linux 2.6 or later, Android 2.3 or later
eCall
Accident, Emergency Services
Firmware Update
Firmware Update via USB and UART Interface
QuecFile
File System Access and Management
QuecFOTA
QuecLocator*
Copyright © 2014 Quectel Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd. All Rights Reserved
http://www.quectel.com
HQ address: Room 501, Building 13, No.99
Tianzhou Road, Shanghai, China 200233
Tel: +86 21 51086236
Fax: +86 21 54453668
Email: [email protected]
UC15 Hardware Design
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
Rev. UC15_Hardware_Design_V1.5
Date: 2014-12-31
www.quectel.com
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Our aim is to provide customers with timely and comprehensive service. For any
assistance, please contact our company headquarters:
Quectel Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd.
Office 501, Building 13, No.99, Tianzhou Road, Shanghai, China, 200233
Tel: +86 21 5108 6236
Mail: [email protected]
Or our local office, for more information, please visit:
http://www.quectel.com/support/salesupport.aspx
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
For technical support, to report documentation errors, please visit:
http://www.quectel.com/support/techsupport.aspx
GENERAL NOTES
QUECTEL OFFERS THIS INFORMATION AS A SERVICE TO ITS CUSTOMERS. THE INFORMATION
PROVIDED IS BASED UPON CUSTOMERS’ REQUIREMENTS. QUECTEL MAKES EVERY EFFORT
TO ENSURE THE QUALITY OF THE INFORMATION IT MAKES AVAILABLE. QUECTEL DOES NOT
MAKE ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND DOES NOT ACCEPT
ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE OF ANY KIND INCURRED BY USE OF OR
RELIANCE UPON THE INFORMATION. THE INFORMATION SUPPLIED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.
COPYRIGHT
THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED HERE IS PROPRIETARY TECHNICAL INFORMATION OF
QUECTEL CO., LTD. TRANSMITTABLE, REPRODUCTION, DISSEMINATION AND EDITING OF THIS
DOCUMENT AS WELL AS UTILIZATION OF THIS CONTENTS ARE FORBIDDEN WITHOUT
PERMISSION. OFFENDERS WILL BE HELD LIABLE FOR PAYMENT OF DAMAGES. ALL RIGHTS
ARE RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF A PATENT GRANT OR REGISTRATION OF A UTILITY MODEL
OR DESIGN.
Copyright © Quectel Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
1 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
About the Document
History
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Revision
Date
Author
Description
1.0
2013-11-26
Mountain
ZHOU
Initial
1. Modified packaging information of UC15 in the
Chapter 7.3.
1.1
2014-01-15
Huik LI
2. Modified Figure 4 and Figure 11.
3. Modified the description of command AT+CFUN in the
Chapter 3.5.2.
1.2
2014-02-14
Huik LI
Modified the frequency bands of UC15-A.
1.3
2014-04-21
Huik LI
1.
2.
Modified current consumption in Chapter 5.4.
Added PCM feature in Chapter 3.12.
Huik LI
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Modified Figure 10 in the Chapter 3.7.1.
Released PCM function.
Updated the footprint of UC15 in Chapter 6.2.
Modified SIM card interface in Chapter 3.13.
Updated reference circuit of power supply in Figure 7.
Added antenna requirements in Table 27.
Huik LI/
Rain ZHOU
1.
2.
3.
4.
Updated the current consumption in Table 31.
Updated the PCM supports format in Chapter 3.12.
Updated the bottom view of the module in Figure 46.
Added recommend stencil.
1.4
1.5
2014-11-11
2014-12-31
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
2 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Contents
About the Document ................................................................................................................................... 2
Contents ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
Table Index ................................................................................................................................................... 5
Figure Index ................................................................................................................................................. 6
1
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................... 8
1.1.
Safety Information...................................................................................................................... 9
2
Product Concept ................................................................................................................................ 10
2.1.
General Description ................................................................................................................. 10
2.2.
Key Features ........................................................................................................................... 11
2.3.
Functional Diagram ................................................................................................................. 13
2.4.
Evaluation Board ..................................................................................................................... 14
3
Application Interface ......................................................................................................................... 15
3.1.
General Description ................................................................................................................. 15
3.2.
Pin Assignment ........................................................................................................................ 16
3.3.
Pin Description......................................................................................................................... 17
3.4.
Operating Modes ..................................................................................................................... 22
3.5.
Power Saving........................................................................................................................... 23
3.5.1. Sleep Mode .................................................................................................................... 23
3.5.1.1. UART Application ................................................................................................. 23
3.5.1.2. USB Application with Suspend Function ............................................................. 24
3.5.1.3. USB Application without Suspend Function ........................................................ 25
3.5.2. Minimum Functionality Mode ......................................................................................... 26
3.6.
Power Supply........................................................................................................................... 26
3.6.1. Power Supply Pins ......................................................................................................... 26
3.6.2. Decrease Voltage Drop .................................................................................................. 27
3.6.3. Reference Design for Power Supply .............................................................................. 27
3.6.4. Monitor the Power Supply .............................................................................................. 28
3.6.5. VDD_EXT ....................................................................................................................... 28
3.7.
Turn on and off Scenarios ....................................................................................................... 29
3.7.1. Turn on Module by PWRKEY Pin .................................................................................. 29
3.7.2. Turn off Module .............................................................................................................. 31
3.7.2.1. Turn off Module by PWRKEY Pin ........................................................................ 31
3.7.2.2. Turn off Module by AT Command ........................................................................ 31
3.7.2.3. Automatic Shutdown ............................................................................................ 32
3.8.
Reset the Module..................................................................................................................... 32
3.9.
UART Interface ........................................................................................................................ 34
3.9.1. The Connection of UART ............................................................................................... 35
3.9.2. UART Application ........................................................................................................... 36
3.10. Behavior of the RI .................................................................................................................... 38
3.11. Analog Audio Interface ............................................................................................................ 39
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
3 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.11.1. Decrease TDD Noise and Other Noise .......................................................................... 40
3.11.2. Microphone Interfaces Application ................................................................................. 41
3.11.3. Receiver and Speaker Interface Application .................................................................. 42
3.11.4. Earphone Interface Application ...................................................................................... 44
3.12. PCM and I2C Interface ............................................................................................................ 45
3.13. USIM Card Interface ................................................................................................................ 47
3.14. USB Interface .......................................................................................................................... 50
3.15. ADC Function .......................................................................................................................... 51
3.16. Network Status Indication ........................................................................................................ 52
3.17. Operating Status Indication ..................................................................................................... 53
4
Antenna Interface ............................................................................................................................... 55
4.1.
Antenna Interface .................................................................................................................... 55
4.1.1. Pin Definition .................................................................................................................. 55
4.1.2. Operating Frequency ..................................................................................................... 55
4.1.3. Reference Design .......................................................................................................... 56
4.2.
Antenna Installation ................................................................................................................. 56
4.2.1. Antenna Requirement .................................................................................................... 56
4.2.2. Install the Antenna with RF Connector .......................................................................... 57
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
5
Electrical, Reliability and Radio Characteristics ............................................................................ 59
5.1.
Absolute Maximum Ratings ..................................................................................................... 59
5.2.
Power Supply Ratings ............................................................................................................. 60
5.3.
Operating Temperature ............................................................................................................ 60
5.4.
Current Consumption .............................................................................................................. 61
5.5.
RF Output Power ..................................................................................................................... 63
5.6.
RF Receiving Sensitivity .......................................................................................................... 63
5.7.
Electrostatic Discharge ............................................................................................................ 64
6
Mechanical Dimensions .................................................................................................................... 65
6.1.
Mechanical Dimensions of the Module.................................................................................... 65
6.2.
Footprint of Recommendation ................................................................................................. 67
6.3.
Top View of the Module ........................................................................................................... 69
6.4.
Bottom View of the Module...................................................................................................... 69
7
Storage and Manufacturing .............................................................................................................. 70
7.1.
Storage..................................................................................................................................... 70
7.2.
M anufacturing and Welding .................................................................................................... 70
7.3.
Packaging ................................................................................................................................ 72
8
9
10
11
Appendix A Reference....................................................................................................................... 73
Appendix B GPRS Coding Scheme ................................................................................................. 76
Appendix C GPRS Multi-slot Class .................................................................................................. 77
Appendix D EDGE Modulation and Coding Scheme ..................................................................... 78
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
4 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Table Index
TABLE 1: FREQUENCY BANDS OF UC15 SERIES ........................................................................................ 10
TABLE 2: UC15 KEY FEATURES ...................................................................................................................... 11
TABLE 3: IO PARAMETERS DEFINITION ........................................................................................................ 17
TABLE 4: PIN DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................... 17
TABLE 5: OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES ............................................................................................. 22
TABLE 6: VBAT AND GND PIN ......................................................................................................................... 26
TABLE 7: ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF VDD_EXT ......................................................................... 28
TABLE 8: PWRKEY PIN DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................... 29
TABLE 9: RESET_N PIN DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................... 32
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
TABLE 10: PIN DEFINITION OF THE UART INTERFACE ............................................................................... 34
TABLE 11: LOGIC LEVELS OF DIGITAL I/O .................................................................................................... 34
TABLE 12: BEHAVIOR OF THE RI ................................................................................................................... 39
TABLE 13: PIN DEFINITION OF THE AUDIO INTERFACE ............................................................................. 39
TABLE 14: MICROPHONE CHARACTERISTICS............................................................................................. 44
TABLE 15: SPEAKER CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................... 44
TABLE 16: PIN DEFINITION OF PCM AND I2C INTERFACE.......................................................................... 46
TABLE 17: PIN DEFINITION OF THE USIM INTERFACES ............................................................................. 47
TABLE 18: USB PIN DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................ 50
TABLE 19: PIN DEFINITION OF THE ADC ...................................................................................................... 52
TABLE 20: CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ADC ................................................................................................ 52
TABLE 21: PIN DEFINITION OF NETWORK INDICATOR ............................................................................... 52
TABLE 22: WORKING STATE OF THE NETWORK INDICATOR..................................................................... 52
TABLE 23: PIN DEFINITION OF STATUS ........................................................................................................ 53
TABLE 24: PIN DEFINITION OF THE RF ANTENNA ....................................................................................... 55
TABLE 25: MODULE OPERATING FREQUENCIES ........................................................................................ 55
TABLE 26: ANTENNA CABLE REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................. 56
TABLE 27: ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................................................... 57
TABLE 28: ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS .................................................................................................. 59
TABLE 29: THE MODULE POWER SUPPLY RATINGS .................................................................................. 60
TABLE 30: OPERATING TEMPERATURE........................................................................................................ 60
TABLE 31: MODULE CURRENT CONSUMPTION .......................................................................................... 61
TABLE 32: MODULE CONDUCTED RF OUTPUT POWER ............................................................................. 63
TABLE 33: MODULE CONDUCTED RECEIVING SENSITIVITY ..................................................................... 63
TABLE 34: ELECTROSTATICS DISCHARGE CHARACTERISTICS ............................................................... 64
TABLE 35: RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................ 73
TABLE 36: TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................... 73
TABLE 37: DESCRIPTION OF DIFFERENT CODING SCHEMES .................................................................. 76
TABLE 38: DESCRIPTION OF DIFFERENT CODING SCHEMES .................................................................. 77
TABLE 39: EDGE MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME ............................................................................. 78
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
5 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Figure Index
FIGURE 1: FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................... 13
FIGURE 2: PIN ASSIGNMENT (TOP VIEW) .................................................................................................... 16
FIGURE 3: UART SLEEP APPLICATION ......................................................................................................... 24
FIGURE 4: USB APPLICATION WITH SUSPEND FUNCTION........................................................................ 25
FIGURE 5: USB SLEEP APPLICATION WITHOUT SUSPEND FUNCTION.................................................... 25
FIGURE 6: STAR STRUCTURE OF THE POWER SUPPLY............................................................................ 27
FIGURE 7: REFERENCE CIRCUIT OF POWER SUPPLY .............................................................................. 28
FIGURE 8: TURN ON THE MODULE BY DRIVING CIRCUIT.......................................................................... 29
FIGURE 9: TURN ON THE MODULE BY KEYSTROKE .................................................................................. 30
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
FIGURE 10: TIMING OF TURNING ON MODULE ........................................................................................... 30
FIGURE 11: TIMING OF TURNING OFF MODULE .......................................................................................... 31
FIGURE 12: REFERENCE CIRCUIT OF RESET_N ........................................................................................ 33
FIGURE 13: TIMING OF RESETTING MODULE ............................................................................................. 33
FIGURE 14: CONNECTION OF FULL FUNCTIONAL UART PORT ................................................................ 35
FIGURE 15: CONNECTION OF THREE LINES UART PORT ......................................................................... 35
FIGURE 16: CONNECTION OF UART PORT WITH HARDWARE FLOW CONTROL .................................... 36
FIGURE 17: 3.3V LEVEL MATCH CIRCUIT ..................................................................................................... 36
FIGURE 18: 5V LEVEL MATCH CIRCUIT ........................................................................................................ 37
FIGURE 19: RS232 LEVEL SHIFT CIRCUIT .................................................................................................... 38
FIGURE 20: RI BEHAVIOR ............................................................................................................................... 39
FIGURE 21: MICROPHONE REFERENCE DESIGN FOR AIN1&AIN2 ........................................................... 41
FIGURE 22: REFERENCE DESIGN FOR AOUT1 ........................................................................................... 42
FIGURE 23: REFERENCE DESIGN WITH AN AMPLIFIER FOR AOUT1 ....................................................... 42
FIGURE 24: REFERENCE DESIGN FOR AOUT2 ........................................................................................... 43
FIGURE 25: REFERENCE DESIGN WITH AN AMPLIFIER FOR AOUT2 ....................................................... 43
FIGURE 26: REFERENCE DESIGN FOR AN EARPHONE ............................................................................. 44
FIGURE 27: PRIMARY MODE TIMING ............................................................................................................ 45
FIGURE 28: AUXILIARY MODE TIMING .......................................................................................................... 46
FIGURE 29: REFERENCE CIRCUIT OF PCM APPLICATION WITH AUDIO CODEC .................................... 47
FIGURE 30: REFERENCE CIRCUIT OF THE 8-PIN USIM CARD .................................................................. 48
FIGURE 31: REFERENCE CIRCUIT OF THE 6-PIN USIM CARD .................................................................. 49
FIGURE 32: REFERENCE CIRCUIT OF USB APPLICATION ......................................................................... 50
FIGURE 33: TEST POINTS OF FIRMWARE UPGRADE ................................................................................. 51
FIGURE 34: REFERENCE CIRCUIT OF THE NETWORK INDICATOR .......................................................... 53
FIGURE 35: REFERENCE CIRCUIT OF THE STATUS ................................................................................... 54
FIGURE 36: REFERENCE CIRCUIT OF ANTENNA INTERFACE ................................................................... 56
FIGURE 37: DIMENSIONS OF THE UF.L-R-SMT CONNECTOR (UNIT: MM) ................................................ 57
FIGURE 38: MECHANICALS OF UF.L-LP CONNECTORS (UNIT: MM) .......................................................... 58
FIGURE 39: SPACE FACTOR OF MATED CONNECTOR (UNIT: MM) ........................................................... 58
FIGURE 40: UC15 TOP AND SIDE DIMENSIONS ........................................................................................... 65
FIGURE 41: UC15 BOTTOM DIMENSIONS (BOTTOM VIEW) ....................................................................... 66
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
6 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
FIGURE 42: BOTTOM PADS DIMENSIONS (BOTTOM VIEW) ....................................................................... 66
FIGURE 43: RECOMMENDED FOOTPRINT (TOP VIEW) .............................................................................. 67
FIGURE 44: RECOMMEND STENCIL .............................................................................................................. 68
FIGURE 45: TOP VIEW OF THE MODULE ...................................................................................................... 69
FIGURE 46: BOTTOM VIEW OF THE MODULE .............................................................................................. 69
FIGURE 47: REFLOW SOLDERING PROFILE ................................................................................................ 71
FIGURE 48: CARRIER TAPE ............................................................................................................................ 72
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
7 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
1
Introduction
This document defines the UC15 module and describes its hardware interface which are connected with
your application and the air interface.
This document can help you quickly understand module interface specifications, electrical and
mechanical details. Associated with application notes and user guide, you can use UC15 module to
design and set up mobile applications easily.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
8 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
1.1. Safety Information
The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of the operation, such as usage,
service or repair of any cellular terminal or mobile incorporating UC15 module. Manufacturers of the cellular
terminal should send the following safety information to users and operating personnel and to incorporate
these guidelines into all manuals supplied with the product. If not so, Quectel does not take on any liability
for customer failure to comply with these precautions.
Full attention must be given to driving at all times in order to reduce the risk of an
accident. Using a mobile while driving (even with a handsfree kit) cause distraction
and can lead to an accident. You must comply with laws and regulations restricting
the use of wireless devices while driving.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Switch off the cellular terminal or mobile before boarding an aircraft. Make sure it
switched off. The operation of wireless appliances in an aircraft is forbidden to
prevent interference with communication systems. Consult the airline staff about
the use of wireless devices on boarding the aircraft, if your device offers a Airplane
Mode which must be enabled prior to boarding an aircraft.
Switch off your wireless device when in hospitals or clinics or other health care
facilities. These requests are desinged to prevent possible interference with
sentitive medical equipment.
Cellular terminals or mobiles operate over radio frequency signal and cellular
network and cannot be guaranteed to connect in all conditions, for example no
mobile fee or an invalid USIM card. While you are in this condition and need
emergent help, please remember using emergency call. In order to make or
receive call, the cellular terminal or mobile must be switched on and in a service
area with adequate cellular signal strength.
Your cellular terminal or mobile contains a transmitter and receiver. When it is ON ,
it receives and transmits radio frequency energy. RF interference can occur if it is
used close to TV set, radio, computer or other electric equipment.
In locations with potencially explosive atmospheres, obey all posted signs to turn
off wireless devices such as your phone or other cellular terminals. Areas with
potencially exposive atmospheres including fuelling areas, below decks on boats,
fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities, areas where the air contains
chemicals or particles such as grain, dust or metal powders.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
9 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
2
Product Concept
2.1. General Description
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15 is an embedded UMTS/HSDPA module. Its UMTS-based modem provides data connectivity on
HSDPA, WCDMA, EDGE and GPRS networks. UC15 offers a maximum data rate of 3.6Mbps on
downlink and also supports GPRS/EDGE multi-slot class 12 as well. GPRS supports the coding schemes
CS-1, CS-2, CS-3 and CS-4. EDGE supports CS-1 to CS-4 and MCS-1 to MCS-9 coding schemes. UC15
includes two variants, UC15-A and UC15-E. And both of them are divided into Telematics version and
Data Only version. Telematics version supports voice and data, while Data Only version only supports
data. This is convenient for you to choose the dedicated type based on the wireless network configuration.
The following table shows the entire radio band configuration of UC15 series.
Table 1: Frequency Bands of UC15 Series
Module
GSM
850
EGSM
900
DCS
1800
PCS
1900
UMTS
850
UC15-A







UC15-E
UMTS
900
UMTS
1900
UMTS
2100



More details about GPRS/EDGE multi-slot configuration and coding schemes, please refer to Appendix B,
C and D.
With a tiny profile of 29.0mm × 29.0mm × 2.5mm, UC15 can meet almost all requirements for M2M
application such as automotive, metering, tracking system, security solutions, routers, wireless POS,
mobile computing devices, PDA phone and tablet PC, etc.
UC15 is an SMD type module, which can be embedded in your application through its 108-pin pads
including 68 LCC signal pads and 40 other pads.
UC15 is integrated with internet service protocols such as TCP/UDP and PPP. Extended AT commands
have been developed for you to use these internet service protocols easily.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
10 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
2.2. Key Features
The following table describes the detailed features of UC15 module.
Table 2: UC15 Key Features
Feature
Details
Power Supply
Supply voltage: 3.3V~4.3V
Typical supply voltage: 3.8V
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Frequency Bands
UC15-E: GSM900/1800, UMTS900/2100
UC15-A: GSM850/900/1800/1900, UMTS850/1900
Transmission Data
HSDPA R5: Max 3.6Mbps (DL)
WCDMA R99: Max 384kbps (DL)/Max 384kbps (UL)
EDGE: Max 236.8kbps (support DL only)
GPRS: Max 85.6kbps (DL)/Max 85.6kbps (UL)
CSD: 64kbps
Transmitting Power
Class 4 (33dBm±2dB) for GSM850 and EGSM900
Class 1 (30dBm±2dB) for DCS1800 and PCS1900
Class 3 (24dBm+1/-3dB) for UMTS850/900/1900/2100
HSDPA and WCDMA
Features
HSDPA data rate is corresponded with 3GPP R5. 3.6Mbps on
downlink.
WCDMA data rate is corresponded with 3GPP R99/R4. 384kbps on
downlink and 384kbps on uplink.
Support both 16-QAM and QPSK modulation.
GSM/GPRS/EDGE
Data Features
GPRS:
Support GPRS multi-slot class 12 (10 by default)
Coding scheme: CS-1, CS-2, CS-3 and CS-4
Maximum of four Rx time slots per frame
EDGE:
Support EDGE multi-slot class 12 (12 by default).
Support downlink only.
Support GMSK and 8-PSK for different MCS (Modulation and Coding
scheme).
Downlink coding schemes: CS 1-4 and MCS 1-9.
CSD:
CSD transmission rates: 14.4kbps non-transparent.
Support Unstructured Supplementary Services Data (USSD).
Internet Protocol Features
Support TCP/UDP/PPP/FTP/HTTP/SMTP/MMS/SSL/PING/NITZ/
NTP/HTTPS/SMTPS protocols.
Support the protocols PAP (Password Authentication Protocol) and
CHAP (Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol) usually used
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
11 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
for PPP connections.
SMS
Text and PDU mode
Point to point MO and MT
SMS cell broadcast
SMS storage: ME by default
USIM Interface
Support USIM/SIM card: 1.8V, 3.0V
Audio Features
Support two analog input channels and two analog output channels.
GSM: HR/FR/EFR/AMR/AMR-WB
WCDMA: AMR/AMR-WB
Echo cancellation and noise suppression.
PCM Interface
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Used for audio function with external codec.
Support 8-bit A-law and μ-law, and 16-bit linear data formats.
Support long frame sync and short frame sync.
Support master and slave mode, but must be the master in long frame
sync.
UART Interface
Seven lines on UART interface.
Support RTS and CTS hardware flow control.
Baud rate can reach up to 921600bps, 115200bps by default.
Used for AT command, data transmission and firmware upgrade.
USB Interface
Compliant with USB 2.0 specification (slave only), the data transfer
rate can reach up to 480 Mbps at high speed mode.
Used for AT command communication, data transmission, software
debug and firmware upgrade.
USB driver: support Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7,
Windows 8, Windows CE5.0/6.0, Windows Mobile 6.1/6.5, Linux 2.6 or
later, Android 2.3/4.0 or later.
AT Commands
Compliant with 3GPP TS 27.007, 27.005 and Quectel enhanced AT
commands.
Network Indication
Indicate network activity status.
Antenna Interface
Connected via 50ohm antenna pad.
Physical Characteristics
Size: 29.0±0.15 × 29.0±0.15 × 2.5±0.2 mm
Weight: Approx. 4.3g
Temperature Range
Normal operation: -35°C ~ +80°C
Restricted operation: -40°C ~ -35°C and +80°C ~ +85°C 1)
Storage temperature: -45°C ~ +90°C
Firmware Upgrade
USB interface (recommend) and UART interface.
RoHS
All hardware components are fully compliant with EU RoHS directive.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
12 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
NOTE
“1)” means when the module works within this temperature range, RF performance might degrade. For
example, the frequency error or the phase error would increase.
2.3. Functional Diagram
The following figure shows a block diagram of UC15 and illustrates the major functional parts.





l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Power management unit
Baseband
DDR+NAND flash
Radio frequency
Peripheral interface
VBAT_RF
UMTS
TXM
RF_ANT
Duplexer
ESD
UMTS PA
GSM
RF Transceiver
DDR RAM/
NAND Flash
Audio
UART
BB
Indicators
USB
ADC
VBAT_BB
PWRKEY
RESET_N
USIM
PMU
VDD_EXT
PCM
32.768K
I2C
19.2MHz
Figure 1: Functional Diagram
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
13 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
2.4. Evaluation Board
In order to help you to develop applications with UC15, Quectel supplies an evaluation board (EVB),
RS-232 to USB cable, USB data cable, power adapter, earphone, antenna and other peripherals to
control or test the module. For details, please refer to document [2].
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
14 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3
Application Interface
3.1. General Description
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15 is equipped with a 68-pin 1.3mm pitch SMT pads plus 40-pin ground pads and reserved pads that
connect to cellular application platform. Sub-interfaces included in these pads are described in details in
the following chapters:








Power supply
UART interface
Audio interface
PCM interface
USIM interface
USB interface
ADC interface
Indicator interface
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
15 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.2. Pin Assignment
The following figure shows the pin assignment of the UC15 module.
VBAT_BB
VBAT_RF
VBAT_RF
GND
54
53
52
51
50
49
58
STATUS
59
VBAT_BB
RTS
60
55
DTR
61
RI
TXD
62
56
RXD
63
57
USB_DP
64
CTS
USB_DM
DCD
USB_VBUS
RESERVED
1
48
GND
AP_READY
2
47
GND
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
RESERVED
3
104
99
95
81
86
91
46
GND
RESERVED
4
45
GND
RESERVED
5
44
GND
NETLIGHT
6
VDD_EXT
7
GND
67
GND
68
USIM_GND
8
RESERVED
9
100
105
96
92
87
82
88
83
78 75 72 69
79 76 73 70
101
106
80 77 74 71
102
107
84
89
93
97
43
RF_ANT
42
GND
66
RESERVED
65
GND
41
ADC0
40
ADC1
RESERVED
10
39
I2C_SCL
USIM_PRESENCE
11
38
I2C_SDA
USIM_VDD
12
37
PCM_SYNC*
USIM_DATA
13
36
PCM_CLK*
USIM_CLK
14
35
PCM_DIN*
USIM_RST
15
34
PCM_DOUT*
RESERVED
16
33
RESERVED
27
28
29
MIC2N*
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
26
MIC1N*
MIC2P*
RESERVED
25
MIC1P*
AUDIO
32
24
SPK1P*
ANT
31
23
USIM
RESERVED
22
SPK2P*
SPK1N*
UART
30
21
AGND*
USB
85
90
94
98
20
19
RESET_N
PWRKEY
GND
18
Power
17
PCM
103
108
RESERVED
OTHERS
Figure 2: Pin Assignment (Top View)
NOTES
1.
2.
3.
Keep all RESERVED pins and unused pins unconnected.
GND pads 81~108 should be connected to ground in the design. RESERVED pads 69~80 are used
for factory test, they are unused in your design, you can ignore them and don't design them in
schematic and PCB decal.
“*” means these functions are only supported in Telematics version.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
16 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.3. Pin Description
The pin definition of UC15 is shown in table 4.
Table 3: IO Parameters Definition
Type
Description
IO
Bidirectional input/output
DI
Digital input
DO
PI
PO
AI
AO
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Digital output
Power input
Power output
Analog input
Analog output
Table 4: Pin Description
Power Supply
Pin Name
VBAT_BB
VBAT_RF
VDD_EXT
Pin No.
52,53
50,51
7
UC15_Hardware_Design
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
PI
Power supply for
module baseband
part.
Vmax=4.3V
Vmin=3.3V
Vnorm=3.8V
It must be able to
provide sufficient
current up to 0.8A.
Vmax=4.3V
Vmin=3.3V
Vnorm=3.8V
It must be able to
provide sufficient
current in a
transmitting burst
which typically
rises to 2.0A.
Vnorm=2.6V
IOmax=100mA
It is recommend to
add a 2.2~4.7uF
bypass capacitor
when using this
pin for power
supply.
PI
PO
Power supply for
module RF part.
Provide 2.6V for
external circuit.
Confidential / Released
17 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
GND
42,44~49
65,67~68
,81~108
Ground.
Turn On/Off
Pin Name
Pin No.
PWRKEY
RESET_N
Indication
Pin Name
18
I/O
DI
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
Turn on/off the
module.
RPU≈200kΩ
VIHmax=2.1V
VIHmin=1.3V
VILmax=0.5V
Pull-up to 1.8V
internally.
Pull-up to 1.8V
internally. If
unused, keep it
open.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
17
Pin No.
DI
Reset the module.
VIHmax=2.1V
VIHmin=1.3V
VILmax=0.5V
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
VOHmax=2.6V
VOHmin=2.15V
VOLmax=0.45V
2.6V power
domain, if unused,
keep it open.
STATUS
54
DO
Indicate the module
operating status.
NETLIGHT
6
DO
Indicate the module
network activity
status.
VOHmax=2.6V
VOHmin=2.15V
VOLmax=0.45V
2.6V power
domain, if unused,
keep it open.
Pin No.
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
USB Interface
Pin Name
USB_VBUS
64
PI
USB detection.
Vmax=5.25V
Vmin=3.0V
Vnorm=5.0V
USB_DP
62
IO
USB differential data
bus.
Compliant with USB 2.0
standard specification.
Require differential
impedance of 90Ω.
USB_DM
63
IO
USB differential data
bus.
Compliant with USB 2.0
standard specification.
Require differential
impedance of 90Ω.
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
USIM Interface
Pin Name
Pin No.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
18 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
USIM_GND
USIM_VDD
USIM_DATA
USIM_CLK
USIM_RST
USIM_
PRESENCE
Specified ground for
USIM card.
8
12
PO
Power supply for
USIM card.
For 1.8V USIM:
Vmax=1.95V
Vmin=1.65V
For 3.0V USIM:
Vmax=3.0V
Vmin=2.7V
For 1.8V USIM:
VILmax = 0.6V
VIHmin =1.2V
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=1.35V
Either 1.8V or 3.0V is
supported by the
module automatically.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
13
14
15
IO
DO
DO
Data signal of
USIM card.
Clock signal of
USIM card.
Reset signal of
USIM card.
For 3.0V USIM:
VILmax=1.0V
VIHmin=1.95V
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.55V
Pull-up to USIM_VDD
with 10k resistor
internally.
For 1.8V USIM:
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=1.35V
For 3.0V USIM:
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.55V
For 1.8V USIM:
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=1.35V
For 3.0V USIM:
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.55V
11
DI
USIM card input
detection.
VILmin=-0.3V
VILmax=0.91V
VIHmin=1.69V
VIHmax=2.9V
Pin No.
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
2.6V power domain. If
unused, keep it open.
Comment
ADC Interface
Pin Name
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
19 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
ADC0
ADC1
41
40
AI
General purpose
analog to digital
converter.
Voltage range:
0V to 2.1V
If unused, keep it
open.
AI
General purpose
analog to digital
converter.
Voltage range:
0V to 2.1V
If unused, keep it
open.
UART Interface
Pin Name
Pin No.
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
RI
55
DO
Ring indicator.
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.15V
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
DCD
56
DO
Data carrier
detection.
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.15V
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
CTS
57
DO
Clear to send.
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.15V
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
Request to send.
VILmin=-0.3V
VILmax=0.91V
VIHmin=1.69V
VIHmax=2.9V
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
2.6V power domain.
Pull-up by default, if
unused, keep it open.
RTS
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
58
DI
DTR
59
DI
Data terminal ready.
VILmin=-0.3V
VILmax=0.91V
VIHmin=1.69V
VIHmax=2.9V
TXD
60
DO
Transmit data.
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.15V
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
Comment
61
DI
Receive data.
VILmin=-0.3V
VILmax=0.91V
VIHmin=1.69V
VIHmax=2.9V
Pin Name
Pin No.
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
RF_ANT
43
IO
RF antenna pad.
50Ω impedance.
DC Characteristics
RXD
RF Interface
Analog Audio Interface
Pin Name
Pin No.
I/O
Description
MIC1P
23
AI
Audio positive input.
If unused, keep it
open.
MIC1N
24
AI
Audio negative
input.
If unused, keep it
open.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
Comment
20 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
MIC2P
25
AI
Auxiliary audio
positive input.
If unused, keep it
open.
MIC2N
26
AI
Auxiliary audio
negative input.
If unused, keep it
open.
SPK1P
22
AO
Audio positive
output.
If unused, keep it
open.
SPK1N
21
AO
Audio negative
output.
If unused, keep it
open.
SPK2P
20
AO
Auxiliary audio
positive output.
If unused, keep it
open.
AGND
PCM
Analog ground.
Ground.
Separate ground for
external audio
circuits.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
19
Interface
Pin Name
Pin No.
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
PCM_DOUT
34
DO
PCM data output.
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.15V
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
PCM data input.
VILmin=-0.3V
VILmax=0.91V
VIHmin=1.69V
VIHmax=2.9V
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
PCM_DIN
35
DI
PCM_CLK
36
IO
PCM data bit clock.
VILmin=-0.3V
VILmax=0.91V
VIHmin=1.69V
VIHmax=2.9V
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.15V
PCM_SYNC
37
IO
PCM data frame
sync signal
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.15V
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
Pin No.
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
External pull-up
resistor is required.
2.6V only, if unused,
keep it open.
External pull-up
resistor is required.
I2C Interface
Pin Name
I2C_SDA
38
IO
I2C serial data.
VILmin=-0.3V
VILmax=0.91V
VIHmin=1.69V
VIHmax=2.9V
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.15V
I2C_SCL
39
DO
I2C serial clock.
VOLmax=0.45V
VOHmin=2.15V
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
21 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
2.6V only, if unused,
keep it open.
Other Pins
Pin Name
Pin No.
AP_READY
2
RESERVED
1,3~5,9~
10,16,27
~33,66,
69~80
I/O
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
DI
Application process
or sleep state
detection.
VILmin=-0.3V
VILmax=0.91V
VIHmin=1.69V
VIHmax=2.9V
2.6V power domain, if
unused, keep it open.
Keep these pins
unconnected.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Reserved.
3.4. Operating Modes
The table below briefly summarizes the various operating modes.
Table 5: Overview of Operating Modes
Mode
Details
GSM Idle
Software is active. The module has registered to the GSM network
and is ready to send and receive data.
GSM Talk/Data
GSM connection is ongoing. In this mode, the power consumption
is decided by the configuration of power control level (PCL),
dynamic DTX control and the working RF band.
GPRS Idle
The module is ready for GPRS data transfer, but no data transfer
is going on. In this case, power consumption depends on network
setting and GPRS configuration.
GPRS Data
There is GPRS data in transfer (PPP, TCP or UDP). In this mode,
power consumption is decided by the PCL, working RF band and
GPRS multi-slot configuration.
EDGE Idle
The module is ready for data transfer in EDGE mode, but no data
is currently sent or received. In this case, power consumption
depends on network settings and EDGE configuration.
EDGE Data
There is EDGE data in transfer (PPP, TCP or UDP). In this mode,
power consumption is decided by the PCL, working RF band and
EDGE multi-slot configuration.
Normal Operation
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
22 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Minimum
Functionality
Mode
Sleep Mode
Power Down
Mode
UMTS Idle
Software is active. The module has registered to the UMTS
network and the module is ready to send and receive data.
UMTS
Talk/Data
UMTS connection is ongoing. In this mode, the power
consumption is decided by network setting (e.g. TPC pattern) and
data transfer rate.
HSDPA Idle
Software is active. The module has registered to the HSDPA
network and the module is ready to send and receive data.
HSDPA Data
HSDPA data transfer is ongoing. In this mode, the power
consumption is decided by network setting (e.g. TPC pattern) and
data transfer rate.
AT+CFUN=0 command can set the module entering into a minimum functionality
mode without removing the power supply. In this case, both RF function and USIM
card will be invalid.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
In this mode, the current consumption of the module will be reduced to the minimal
level. During this mode, the module can still receive paging message, SMS, voice
call and TCP/UDP data from the network normally. Any URC can be output even the
module in Sleep Mode.
In this mode, the power management unit shuts down the power supply for the
baseband part and RF part. Software is not active. The serial interface is not
accessible. Operating voltage (connected to VBAT_RF and VBAT_BB) remains
applied.
3.5. Power Saving
3.5.1.
Sleep Mode
UC15 is able to reduce its current consumption to a minimum value during the sleep mode. The following
section describes power saving procedure of UC15.
3.5.1.1. UART Application
If application processor communicates with module via UART interface, the following preconditions can
let the module enter into the sleep mode.


Execute AT command AT+QSCLK=1 to enable the sleep mode.
Drive DTR to high level.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
23 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
The following figure shows the connection between the module and application processor.
Processor
Module
RXD
TXD
TXD
RXD
RI
EINT
DTR
GPIO
AP_READY
GPIO
GND
GND
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Figure 3: UART Sleep Application
The RI of module is used to wake up the processor, and AP_READY will detect the sleep state of
processor (can be configured to high level or low level detection). You should pay attention to the level
match shown in dotted line between module and processor.
Drive DTR to low level will wake up the module.
3.5.1.2. USB Application with Suspend Function
If application processor communicates with module via USB interface, and processor supports USB
suspend function, following preconditions can let the module enter into the sleep mode.


Execute AT command AT+QSCLK=1 to enable the sleep mode.
The processor’s USB bus which is connected with the module USB interface enters into suspended
state.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
24 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
The following figure shows the connection between the module and processor.
Processor
Module
USB_VBUS
VDD
USB_DP
USB_DP
USB_DM
USB_DM
AP_READY
GPIO
RI
EINT
GND
GND
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Figure 4: USB Application with Suspend Function
When the processor’s USB bus returns to resume state, the module will be woken up.
3.5.1.3. USB Application without Suspend Function
If application processor communicates with module via USB interface, and processor does not support
USB suspend function, you should disconnect USB_VBUS with additional control circuit to let the module
enter into sleep mode.


Execute AT command AT+QSCLK=1 to enable the sleep mode.
Disconnect USB_VBUS.
The following figure shows the connection between the module and application processor.
Module
Processor
GPIO
USB_VBUS
Power
Switch
VDD
USB_DP
USB_DP
USB_DM
USB_DM
RI
EINT
AP_READY
GPIO
GND
GND
Figure 5: USB Sleep Application without Suspend Function
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
25 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Supply power to USB_VBUS will wake up the module.
In sleep mode, the module can still receive paging message, SMS, voice call and TCP/UDP data from the
network normally, but the UART port is not accessible.
3.5.2.
Minimum Functionality Mode
Minimum functionality mode reduces the functionality of the module to minimum level, thus minimizes the
current consumption at the same time. This mode can be set as below:
Command AT+CFUN provides the choice of the functionality levels: <fun>=0, 1, 4.



l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CFUN=0: Minimum functionality, RF part and USIM card will be closed.
AT+CFUN=1: Full functionality (by default).
AT+CFUN=4: Disable RF function (airplane mode). All AT commands related to RF function are not
accessible.
For detailed information about command AT+CFUN, please refer to document [1].
3.6. Power Supply
3.6.1.
Power Supply Pins
UC15 provides four VBAT pins to connect with the external power supply. There are two separate voltage
domains for VBAT.


VBAT_RF with two pads for module RF.
VBAT_BB with two pads for module baseband.
The following table shows the VBAT pins and ground pins.
Table 6: VBAT and GND Pin
Pin Name
Pin No.
Description
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
VBAT_RF
50,51
Power supply for module RF.
3.3
3.8
4.3
V
VBAT_BB
52,53
Power supply for module
baseband.
3.3
3.8
4.3
V
GND
42,44~49,65,
67~68,81~108
Ground.
-
-
-
-
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
26 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.6.2.
Decrease Voltage Drop
The power supply range of the module is 3.3~4.3V. Because of the voltage drop during the transmitting
time, a bypass capacitor of about 100µF with low ESR should be used. Multi-layer ceramic chip (MLCC)
capacitor can provide the best combination of low ESR. Three ceramic capacitors (100nF, 33pF, 10pF)
are recommended to be applied to the VBAT pins. The capacitors should be placed close to the VBAT
pins of UC15. The following figure shows star structure of the power supply.
The main power supply from an external application should be a single voltage source and has to be
expanded to two sub paths with star structure. In addition, in order to get a stable power source, it is
suggested to use a zener diode of which reverse zener voltage is 5.1V and dissipation power is more than
0.5W.
VBAT
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
VBAT_RF
VBAT_BB
+
+
D1
5.1V
C2
C3
C4
100nF
33pF
10pF
C1
100uF
C5
100uF
C6
C7
C8
100nF
33pF
10pF
Module
Figure 6: Star Structure of the Power Supply
Please pay special attention to the power supply design for applications. Make sure the input voltage will
never drop below 3.3V. If the voltage drops below 3.3V, the module will turn into unnormal state. The PCB
traces from the VBAT pins to the power source must be wide enough to ensure that there is not too much
voltage drop occurs in the transmitting procedure. The width of VBAT_BB trace should be no less than
1mm, and the width of VBAT_RF trace should be no less than 2mm, and the principle of the VBAT trace is
the longer, the wider.
3.6.3.
Reference Design for Power Supply
The power design for the module is very important, since the performance of power supply for the module
largely depends on the power source. The power supply is capable of providing the sufficient current up to
2A at least. If the voltage drop between the input and output is not too high, it is suggested to use a LDO
to supply power for module. If there is a big voltage difference between the input source and the desired
output (VBAT), a buck converter is preferred to be used as a power supply.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
27 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
The following figure shows a reference design for +5V input power source. The designed output for the
power supply is about 3.8V and the maximum load current is 3A.
MIC29302WU
U1
DC_IN
VBAT
470uF
ADJ
R2
100K
1%
5
100nF 51K
GND
R1
OUT 4
3
C2
1
C1
EN
2 IN
R3
47K
1%
R5
4.7K
C3
R4
470R
C4
470uF 100nF
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
MCU_POWER
_ON/OFF
R6
47K
Figure 7: Reference Circuit of Power Supply
NOTE
When the module cannot be turned off by PWRKEY pin or other abnormalities occur, it is suggested to
switch off the power supply for module to shut it down, and then power on again.
3.6.4.
Monitor the Power Supply
You can use the AT+CBC command to monitor the VBAT_BB voltage value. For more details, please
refer to document [1].
3.6.5.
VDD_EXT
UC15 has a LDO power output, named VDD_EXT. The VDD_EXT is available and output voltage is 2.6V
by default, rated at 100mA.
The following table shows electrical characteristics of VDD_EXT.
Table 7: Electrical Characteristics of VDD_EXT
Symbol
Description
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
VDD_EXT
Output voltage
2.5
2.6
2.7
V
IOUT
Output current
-
-
100
mA
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
28 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.7. Turn on and off Scenarios
3.7.1.
Turn on Module by PWRKEY Pin
The following table shows the pin definition of PWRKEY.
Table 8: PWRKEY Pin Description
Pin Name
PWRKEY
Pin No.
18
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
VIHmax=2.1V
VIHmin=1.3V
VILmax=0.5V
Pull-up to 1.8V internally
with 200kΩ resistor.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Turn on/off the module.
When UC15 is in power down mode, it can be turned on to normal mode by driving the PWRKEY pin to
low level at least 0.1s. It is recommended to use an open collector driver to control the PWRKEY. The
STATUS outputs high level after module is turned on successfully. A simple reference circuit is illustrated
in the following figure.
PWRKEY
≥ 0.1s
4.7K
Turn on pulse
47K
Figure 8: Turn on the Module by Driving Circuit
The other way to control the PWRKEY is to use a button directly. A TVS component is indispensable to be
placed nearby the button for ESD protection. When pressing the key, electrostatic strike may generate
from finger. A reference circuit is shown in the following figure.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
29 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
S1
PWRKEY
TVS
Close to S1
Figure 9: Turn on the Module by Keystroke
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
The turn on scenarios is illustrated as the following figure.
1
VBAT
≥ 0.1s
VIH ≥ 1.3V
PWRKEY
VIL ≤ 0.5V
RESET_N
~1.7s
STATUS
≥ 5s
UART
Inactive
Active
≥ 5s
USB
Inactive
Active
Figure 10: Timing of Turning on Module
NOTE
① Make sure that VBAT is stable before pulling down PWRKEY pin. The time between them is
recommended to be more than 0.03s.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
30 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.7.2.
Turn off Module
The following procedures can be used to turn off the module:



Normal power down procedure: Turn off the module by PWRKEY pin.
Normal power down procedure: Turn off the module by command AT+QPOWD.
Automatic shutdown: Turn off the module automatically if under-voltage or over-voltage is detected.
3.7.2.1. Turn off Module by PWRKEY Pin
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Drive the PWRKEY to low level at least 0.6s, the module will execute power-down procedure after
PWRKEY is released. The power-down scenario is illustrated as the following figure.
VBAT
≥ 0.6s
Log off network about 1s to 60s
PWRKEY
STATUS
Module
Status
RUNNING
Power-down Procedure
OFF
Figure 11: Timing of Turning off Module
During power-down procedure, module will send out URC “NORMAL POWER DOWN” via URC port first,
then log off network and save important data. After logging off, module sends out “POWERED DOWN”
and shuts down the internal power supply. The power on VBAT pins are not allowed to be switched off
before the URC “POWERED DOWN” is output to avoid data loss. If module is not logged off within 60s,
module will force to shut down internal power supply.
After that moment, the module enters into power down mode, no other AT commands can be executed.
3.7.2.2. Turn off Module by AT Command
It is also a safe way to use AT command AT+QPOWD to turn off the module, which is similar to the way of
turning off the module via PWRKEY Pin. Please refer to document [1] for details about the AT command
of AT+QPOWD.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
31 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.7.2.3. Automatic Shutdown
The module will constantly monitor the voltage applied on the VBAT_BB, if the voltage ≤ 3.5V, the
following URC will be presented:
+QIND: “vbatt”,-1
If the voltage ≥ 4.21V, the following URC will be presented:
+QIND: “vbatt”,1
The uncritical voltage is 3.3V to 4.3V, If the voltage > 4.35V or < 3.2V, the module would automatically
shut down itself.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If the voltage < 3.2V, the following URC will be presented:
+QIND: “vbatt”,-2
If the voltage > 4.35V, the following URC will be presented:
+QIND: “vbatt”,2
NOTE
The value of voltage threshold can be revised by AT command AT+QCFG=“vbatt”, refer to document
[1] for details.
3.8. Reset the Module
The RESET_N can be used to reset the module.
Table 9: RESET_N Pin Description
Pin Name
RESET_N
Pin No.
17
Description
DC Characteristics
Comment
Reset the module.
VIHmax=2.1V
VIHmin=1.3V
VILmax=0.5V
Pull-up to 1.8V internally.
If unused, keep it open.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
32 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
You can reset the module by driving the RESET_N to low level voltage for 0.05~0.2s and then releasing.
Reference circuit is shown in the following figure.
RESET_N
0.05~0.2s
4.7K
pulse
47K
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Figure 12: Reference Circuit of RESET_N
The reset scenario is illustrated as the following figure.
VBAT
0.05~0.2s
> 5s
VIH ≥ 1.3V
RESET_N
VIL ≤ 0.5V
> 3s
STATUS
Module
Status RUNNING
OFF
RESETTING
RUNNING
Figure 13: Timing of Resetting Module
NOTE
The low-level pulse through the RESET_N pin cannot last for more than 0.2s, otherwise the module will
be powered off.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
33 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.9. UART Interface
The module provides one 7-wire UART interface, and is designed as the DCE (Data Communication
Equipment), following the traditional DCE-DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) connection. UART interface
supports 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 230400, 460800 and
921600bps baud rate. The default is 115200bps, please refer to document [1] about AT+IPR command
for details. This interface can be used for data transmission, AT communication and firmware upgrade.
Table 10: Pin Definition of the UART Interface
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Pin Name
Pin No.
I/O
Description
Comment
RI
55
DO
Ring indicator.
2.6V power domain. If unused,
keep it open.
DCD
56
DO
Data carrier detection.
2.6V power domain. If unused,
keep it open.
CTS
57
DO
Clear to send.
2.6V power domain. If unused,
keep it open.
RTS
58
DI
Request to send.
2.6V power domain. If unused,
keep it open.
DTR
59
DI
Data terminal ready.
2.6V power domain. If unused,
keep it open.
TXD
60
DO
Transmit data.
2.6V power domain. If unused,
keep it open.
RXD
61
DI
Receive data.
2.6V power domain. If unused,
keep it open.
The logic levels are described in the following table.
Table 11: Logic Levels of Digital I/O
Parameter
Min.
Max.
Unit
-0.3
0.91
V
VIH
1.69
2.9
V
VOL
0
0.45
V
VOH
2.15
2.6
V
VIL
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
34 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.9.1.
The Connection of UART
The connection between module and host via UART port is very flexible. Three connection ways are
illustrated as below.
UART port connection is shown as below when it is applied in modulation-demodulation.
Module
PC
TXD
RXD
RTS
CTS
DTR
DCD
TXD
RXD
RTS
CTS
DTR
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
RI
GND
DCD
RING
GND
Figure 14: Connection of Full Functional UART Port
Three lines connection is shown as below.
Module
MCU
TXD
TXD
RXD
RXD
GND
GND
Figure 15: Connection of Three Lines UART Port
UART port with hardware flow control is shown as below. This connection will enhance the reliability of the
mass data communication.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
35 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Module
MCU
TXD
TXD
RXD
RXD
RTS
RTS
CTS
CTS
GND
GND
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Figure 16: Connection of UART Port with Hardware Flow Control
NOTE
The module disables the hardware flow control by default. AT command AT+IFC=2,2 is used to enable
hardware flow control. AT command AT+IFC=0,0 is used to disable the hardware flow control. For more
details, please refer to document [1].
3.9.2.
UART Application
The reference design of 3.3V level match is shown as below. When the peripheral MCU/ARM system is
3V, the divider resistor should be changed from 3.6K to 6.8K.
MCU/ARM
/TXD
/RXD
/RTS
/CTS
GPIO
EINT
GPIO
Module
1K
RXD
1K
TXD
1K
RTS
1K
CTS
1K
DTR
1K
RI
1K
DCD
GND
GND
3.6K 3.6K 3.6K
Voltage level:3.3V
Figure 17: 3.3V Level Match Circuit
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
36 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
The reference design of 5V level match is shown as below. The construction of dotted line can refer to the
construction of solid line. Please pay attention to direction of connection. Input dotted line of module
should refer to input solid line of the module. Output dotted line of module should refer to output solid line
of the module.
VDD_EXT
4.7K
VDD_EXT
1nF
MCU/ARM
4.7K
Module
/TXD
RXD
/RXD
TXD
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
4.7K
VCC_MCU
1nF
4.7K
VDD_EXT
/RTS
/CTS
GPIO
EINT
GPIO
GND
RTS
CTS
DTR
RI
DCD
GND
Voltage level: 5V
Figure 18: 5V Level Match Circuit
The following figure is an example of connection between module and PC. A RS232 level shifter IC or
circuit must be inserted between module and PC, since UART interface do not support the RS232 level,
while support the CMOS level only.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
37 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
28 C1+
SP3238
Module
C2+
VCC
3 C224
26
VDD_EXT
V- 4
T1IN
T2OUT 6
TXD
23 T2IN
T1OUT 5
CTS
22 T3IN
T5OUT 12
RI
19 T4IN
T3OUT 7
17
T4OUT 10
DCD
GND
GND 2
25 C11
V+ 27
T5IN
16 /R1OUT
6
1
2
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
7
RXD
21 R1OUT
R1IN 8
8
DTR
20 R2OUT
18 R3OUT
R2IN 9
9
RTS
GND
VDD_EXT
13
ONLINE
R3IN 11
3
4
5
/STATUS 15
GND
/SHUTDOWN 14
To PC Serial Port
Figure 19: RS232 Level Shift Circuit
NOTES
1.
2.
Rising edge on DTR will let the module exit from the data mode by default. It can be disabled by
command. Refer to document [1] about AT&D and AT&V for details.
DCD is used as data mode indication. Please refer to document [1] about command AT&C and
AT&V for details.
3.10. Behavior of the RI
You can use command AT+QCFG=“risignaltype”, “physical” to configure RI behavior:
No matter which port URC is presented on, URC will trigger the behavior on RI pin.
NOTE
URC can be output from UART port, USB AT port and USB modem port by command AT+QURCCFG.
The default port is USB AT port.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
38 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
In additional, RI behavior can be configured flexible. The default behavior of the RI is shown as below.
Table 12: Behavior of the RI
State
Response
Idle
RI keeps in high level.
URC
RI outputs 120ms low pulse when new URC is reported.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
120ms
RI
HIGH
LOW
URC reports
Figure 20: RI Behavior
The RI behavior can be changed by command AT+QCFG=“urc/ri/ring”, refer to document [1] for
details.
3.11. Analog Audio Interface
The module provides two analog input channels and two analog output channels.
Table 13: Pin Definition of the Audio Interface
Interface
AIN1/
AOUT1
Pin Name
Pin No.
I/O
Description
Comment
MIC1P
23
AI
Audio positive input.
If it is unused, keep open.
MIC1N
24
AI
Audio negative input.
If it is unused, keep open.
SPK1P
22
AO
Audio positive output.
If it is unused, keep open.
SPK1N
21
AO
Audio negative output.
If it is unused, keep open.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
39 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
AIN2/
AOUT2
MIC2P
25
AI
Auxiliary audio positive
input.
If it is unused, keep open.
MIC2N
26
AI
Auxiliary audio negative
input.
If it is unused, keep open.
SPK2P
20
AO
Auxiliary audio positive
output.
If it is unused, keep open.
AGND
19
Analog ground.
Suggested to be used for
audio circuit.

AIN1 and AIN2 may be used for both microphone and line inputs. An electret microphone is usually
recommended. AIN1 and AIN2 are both differential input channels.

AOUT1 and AOUT2 may be used for both receiver and speaker outputs. AOUT1 channel is typically
used for a receiver, while AOUT2 channel is typically used for headset or speaker. AOUT1 channel is
a differential channel and AOUT2 is a single-ended channel. SPK2P and AGND can establish a
pseudo differential mode. Both AOUT1 and AOUT2 support voice and ringtone output.

These two audio channels can be swapped by AT+QAUDPATH command. For more details, please
refer to document [1].
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Use command AT+QAUDPATH to select audio channel:
0: AIN1/AOUT1 (normal audio channel), the default value is 0.
1: AIN2/AOUT2 (auxiliary audio channel).
2: PCM channel.
For each channel, you can use AT+QMIC to adjust the input gain level of microphone. You can also use
AT+CLVL to adjust the output gain level of receiver and speaker. AT+QSIDET is to set the side-tone gain
level. For more details, please refer to document [1].
3.11.1. Decrease TDD Noise and Other Noise
The 33pF capacitor is applied for filtering out 850/900MHz RF interference when the module is
transmitting at GSM850/EGSM900MHz. TDD noise could be heard without this capacitor. Moreover, the
10pF capacitor here is for filtering out 1800/1900MHz RF interference. However, the self-resonant
frequency point of a capacitor largely depends on the material and production technique. Therefore,
customer should depend on its capacitor vendor to choose the most suitable capacitor for filtering out
GSM850MHz, EGSM900MHz, DCS1800MHz and PCS1900MHz separately.
The severity degree of the RF interference in the voice channel during GSM transmitting period largely
depends on the application design. In some cases, GSM850/EGSM900 TDD noise is more severe; while
in other cases, DCS1800/PCS1900 TDD noise is more obvious. Therefore, customer can have a choice
based on test results. Sometimes, even no RF filtering capacitor is required.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
40 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
The capacitor which is used for filtering out RF noise should be close to audio interface. Audio alignment
should be as short as possible.
In order to decrease radio or other signal interference, the position of RF antenna should be kept away
from audio interface and audio alignment. Power alignment and audio alignment should not be parallel,
and power alignment should be far away from audio alignment.
The differential audio traces should be placed according to the differential signal layout rules.
3.11.2. Microphone Interfaces Application
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AIN1/AIN2 channels come with internal bias supply for external electret microphone. A reference circuit is
shown in the following figure.
Close to Module
Close to Microphone
GND
Module
MICxP
MICxN
GND
Differential
Layout
10pF
33pF
0603
0603
0603
33pF
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
10pF
33pF
0603
10pF
0603
0603
10pF
33pF
0603
0603
GND
Electret
Microphone
GND
Figure 21: Microphone Reference Design for AIN1&AIN2
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
41 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.11.3. Receiver and Speaker Interface Application
Close to speaker
GND
Differential layout
Module
SPK1P
SPK1N
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
GND
Figure 22: Reference Design for AOUT1
Close to speaker
GND
Differential layout
Module
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
Amplifier circuit
SPK1P
SPK1N
GND
Figure 23: Reference Design with an Amplifier for AOUT1
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
42 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Close to speaker
GND
Differential layout
Module
SPK2P
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
22uF
AGND
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Figure 24: Reference Design for AOUT2
Close to speaker
GND
Differential layout
Module
C1
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
Amplifier circuit
SPK2P
AGND
C2
GND
Figure 25: Reference Design with an Amplifier for AOUT2
NOTE
The value of C1 and C2 depends on the input impedance of audio amplifier.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
43 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.11.4. Earphone Interface Application
Close to Module
GND
Module
Close to Socket
MIC2N
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
MIC2P
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
Differential
layout
GND
4.7uF
10pF
0603
33pF
0603
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
GND
SPK2P
3
AGND
4
2
1
33pF
0603
10pF
0603
22uF
AGND
AGND
GND
Figure 26: Reference Design for an Earphone
Table 14: Microphone Characteristics
Parameter
Working Voltage
Working Current
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
1.65
1.8
1.95
V
1000
uA
20
Table 15: Speaker Characteristics
Parameter
Normal Output
(AOUT1)
Auxiliary Output
(AOUT2)
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
Supply voltage
2.0
2.1
2.2
V
Load resistance
25.6
32
Supply voltage
2.0
2.1
Load resistance
12
16
ohm
50
mW
Differential
ohm
2.2
V
Single ended
Output Power of AOUT1 and AOUT2
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
44 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.12. PCM and I2C Interface
UC15 provides one Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) digital interface, supports 8-bit A-law and μ-law, and
16-bit linear data formats. UC15 supports the following modes:


Primary mode (short sync, works as both master and slave)
Auxiliary mode (long sync, works as master only)
UC15 supports an 8 kHz short sync mode at 2048 kHz, the data is sampled on the falling edge of the
PCM_CLK and transmitted on the rising edge, and the PCM_SYNC falling edge represents the MSB.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15 also supports an 8 kHz long sync mode at 128 kHz, the data is sampled on the falling edge of the
PCM_CLK and transmitted on the rising edge, and the PCM_SYNC rising edge represents the MSB.
The following figures show the different timing relationships of these modes.
125us
PCM_CLK
PCM_SYNC
MSB
LSB
MSB
PCM_DOUT
MSB
LSB
MSB
PCM_DIN
Figure 27: Primary Mode Timing
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
45 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
125us
PCM_CLK
PCM_SYNC
MSB
LSB
PCM_DOUT
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
MSB
LSB
PCM_DIN
Figure 28: Auxiliary Mode Timing
The following table shows the pin definition of PCM and I2C interface which can be applied on audio
codec design.
Table 16: Pin Definition of PCM and I2C Interface
Pin Name
PCM_DOUT
PCM_DIN
PCM_CLK
PCM_SYNC
I2C_SDA
I2C_SCL
Pin No.
I/O
Description
Comment
34
DO
PCM data output.
2.6V power domain .If
unused, keep it open.
35
DI
PCM data input.
2.6V power domain. If
unused, keep it open.
36
IO
PCM data bit clock.
2.6V power domain. If
unused, keep it open.
37
IO
PCM data frame
sync signal
2.6V power domain. If
unused, keep it open.
I2C serial data.
External pull-up resistor is
required. 2.6V only. If
unused, keep it open.
I2C serial clock.
External pull-up resistor is
required. 2.6V only. If
unused, keep it open.
38
39
UC15_Hardware_Design
IO
DO
Confidential / Released
46 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
UC15’s firmware has integrated the configuration on NAU8814 application with I2C interface. The default
configuration is master mode which uses short sync data format with 2048 kHz clock. Please refer to
document [1] for details about the command AT+QDAI.
The following figure shows the reference design of PCM interface with external codec IC.
PCM_CLK
MIC+
MIC-
BCLK
PCM_SYNC
FS
PCM_DOUT
DACIN
BIAS
MIC_BIAS
MCLK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
PCM_DIN
ADCOUT
SPKOUT+
I2C_SCL
SCLK
I2C_SDA
SDIN
NAU8814
4.7K
4.7K
Module
SPKOUT-
2.6V
Figure 29: Reference Circuit of PCM Application with Audio Codec
NOTES
1.
2.
It is recommended to reserve RC (R=22Ω, C=22pF) circuit on the PCM lines, especially for
PCM_CLK.
I2C bus is the standard interface, which is used with NAU8814 application by default.
3.13. USIM Card Interface
The USIM card interface circuitry meets ETSI and IMT-2000 USIM interface requirements. Both 1.8V and
3.0V USIM cards are supported.
Table 17: Pin Definition of the USIM Interfaces
Pin Name
Pin No.
I/O
Description
Comment
USIM_VDD
12
PO
Power supply for USIM card.
Either 1.8V or 3.0V is supported
by the module automatically.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
47 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
USIM_DATA
13
IO
Data signal of USIM card.
USIM_CLK
14
DO
Clock signal of USIM card.
USIM_RST
15
DO
Reset signal of USIM card.
USIM_
PRESENCE
11
DI
USIM card detection input.
USIM_GND
8
2.6V power domain
Specified ground for USIM card.
The following figure shows the reference design of the 8-pin USIM card.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
VDD_EXT
USIM_VDD
51K
15K
100nF
USIM_GND
Module
USIM_VDD
USIM_RST
22R
USIM_CLK
USIM_PRESENCE
22R
USIM_DATA
22R
33pF
USIM holder
VCC
RST
CLK
GND
VPP
IO
GND
33pF 33pF
ESD
GND
GND
Figure 30: Reference Circuit of the 8-Pin USIM Card
NOTE
Some AT commands are invalid when USIM card is not applied.
UC15 supports USIM card hot-plugging via the USIM_PRESENCE pin. For details, refer to document [1]
about the command AT+QSIMDET. If you do not need the USIM card detection function, keep
USIM_PRESENCE unconnected. The reference circuit for using a 6-pin USIM card holder is illustrated as
the following figure.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
48 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
USIM_VDD
USIM_GND
Module
USIM_VDD
USIM_RST
USIM_CLK
USIM_DATA
15K
100nF
USIM holder
VCC
RST
CLK
22R
GND
VPP
IO
22R
22R
33pF
33pF 33pF
ESD
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
GND
GND
Figure 31: Reference Circuit of the 6-Pin USIM Card
In order to enhance the reliability and availability of the USIM card in customer’s application, please follow
the following criterion in the USIM circuit design:






Keep layout of USIM card as close as possible to the module. Assure the possibility of the length of
the trace is less than 200mm.
Keep USIM card signal away from RF and VBAT alignment.
Assure the ground between module and USIM cassette short and wide. Keep the width of ground
and USIM_VDD no less than 0.5mm to maintain the same electric potential. The decouple capacitor
of USIM_VDD should be less than 1uF and must be near to USIM cassette.
To avoid cross-talk between USIM_DATA and USIM_CLK, keep them away with each other and
shield them with surrounded ground.
In order to offer good ESD protection, it is recommended to add TVS. The capacitance of ESD
component is less than 50pF. The 22Ω resistors should be added in series between the module and
the USIM card so as to suppress the EMI spurious transmission and enhance the ESD protection.
The 33pF capacitors are used for filtering interference of GSM850/900. Please note that the USIM
peripheral circuit should be close to the USIM card holder.
The pull-up resistor on USIM_DATA line can improve anti-jamming capability when long layout trace
and sensitive occasion is applied.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
49 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.14. USB Interface
UC15 contains one integrated Universal Serial Bus (USB) transceiver which complies with the USB 2.0
specification and supports high speed (480Mbps), full speed (12Mbps) and low speed (1.5Mbps) mode.
The USB interface is primarily used for AT command, data transmission, software debug and firmware
upgrade. The following table shows the pin definition of USB interface.
Table 18: USB Pin Description
Pin Name
Pin No.
I/O
Description
Comment
USB_DP
62
IO
USB differential data bus (positive)
Require differential
impedance of 90Ω
USB_DM
63
IO
USB differential data bus (negative)
Require differential
impedance of 90Ω
USB_VBUS
64
PI
USB detection
3.0~5.25V
Typical 5.0V
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
More details about the USB 2.0 specifications, please visit http://www.usb.org/home.
The following figure shows the reference circuit of USB interface.
Close to USB connector
USB_VBUS
USB_VBUS
NM_2pF
USB_DM
USB_DP
USB_DM
USB_DP
ESD
Differential layout
ESD
GND
Module
GND
USB connector
Figure 32: Reference Circuit of USB Application
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
50 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
In order to ensure the USB interface design corresponding with the USB 2.0 specification, please comply
with the following principles.




It is important to route the USB signal traces as differential pairs with total grounding. The impedance
of USB differential trace is 90ohm.
Keep the ESD components as closer to the USB connector as possible.
Pay attention to the influence of junction capacitance of ESD component on USB data lines. Typically,
the capacitance value should be less than 2pF.
Do not route signal traces under crystals, oscillators, magnetic devices and RF signal traces. It is
important to route the USB differential traces in inner-layer with ground shielding not only upper and
lower layer but also right and left side.
NOTE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15 module can only be used as a slave device.
The USB interface is recommended to be reserved for firmware upgrade in your design. The following
figure shows the recommended test points.
Module
USB_VBUS
Connector
USB_VBUS
USB_DM
USB_DM
USB_DP
USB_DP
VBAT_BB
VBAT
VBAT_RF
PWRKEY
GND
PWRKEY
GND
Figure 33: Test Points of Firmware Upgrade
3.15. ADC Function
The module provides two analog-to-digital converters (ADC) to digitize the analog signal to 12-bit digital
data. Using AT command AT+QADC=0 can read the voltage value on ADC0 pin. Using AT command
AT+QADC=1 can read the voltage value on ADC1 pin. For more details of these AT commands, please
refer to document [1].
In order to improve the accuracy of ADC, the trace of ADC should be surrounded by ground.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
51 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Table 19: Pin Definition of the ADC
Pin Name
Pin NO.
Description
ADC0
41
General purpose analog to digital converter.
ADC1
40
General purpose analog to digital converter.
The following table describes the characteristics of the ADC function.
Table 20: Characteristics of the ADC
Parameter
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
ADC0 Voltage Range
0
2.1
V
ADC1 Voltage Range
0
2.1
V
Sample Rate
ADC Resolution
2.4
MHz
12
bits
3.16. Network Status Indication
The module provides a pin named NETLIGHT to indicate the module network status which can be used to
drive a LED. The following tables describe pin definition and logic level changes in different network
status.
Table 21: Pin Definition of Network Indicator
Pin Name
NETLIGHT
Pin No.
I/O
Description
Comment
6
DO
Indicate the module network activity
status.
2.6V power domain. If
unused, keep it open.
Table 22: Working State of the Network Indicator
Pin Name
Status
Description
200ms High/1800ms Low.
Network searching.
1800ms High/200ms Low.
Idle.
NETLIGHT
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
52 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
125ms High/125ms Low.
Data transfer is ongoing.
Always High.
Voice calling.
Always Low.
Sleep.
A reference circuit is shown in the following figure.
VBAT
Module
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
2.2K
4.7K
NETLIGHT
47K
Figure 34: Reference Circuit of the Network Indicator
3.17. Operating Status Indication
The STATUS is used to indicate the module operation status. When the module is turned on normally, the
STATUS will output high level.
Table 23: Pin Definition of STATUS
Pin Name
STATUS
Pin No.
54
I/O
Description
Comment
DO
Indicate the module operation status.
2.6V power domain. If
unused, keep it open.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
53 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
A reference circuit is shown in the following figure.
VBAT
Module
2.2K
STATUS
4.7K
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
47K
Figure 35: Reference Circuit of the STATUS
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
54 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
4
Antenna Interface
4.1. Antenna Interface
4.1.1.
Pin Definition
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Pin definition of RF antenna is shown as below.
Table 24: Pin Definition of the RF Antenna
Pin Name
Pin No.
I/O
Description
Comment
RF_ANT
43
IO
RF antenna pad
50Ω impedance
4.1.2.
Operating Frequency
Table 25: Module Operating Frequencies
Band
Receive
Transmit
Unit
869 ~ 894
824 ~ 849
MHz
925 ~ 960
880 ~ 915
MHz
1805 ~ 1880
1710 ~ 1785
MHz
1930 ~ 1990
1850 ~ 1910
MHz
2110 ~ 2170
1920 ~ 1980
MHz
UMTS1900
1930 ~ 1990
1850 ~ 1910
MHz
UMTS900
925 ~ 960
880 ~ 915
MHz
UMTS850
869 ~ 894
824 ~ 849
MHz
GSM850
EGSM900
DCS1800
PCS1900
UMTS2100
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
55 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
4.1.3.
Reference Design
The RF interface has an impedance of 50Ω.The reference design of RF antenna is shown as below. It
should reserve a π-type matching circuit for better RF performance. The capacitors are not mounted by
default.
Antenna
Module
R1
0R
RF_ANT
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
C1
C2
NM
NM
Figure 36: Reference Circuit of Antenna Interface
4.2. Antenna Installation
4.2.1.
Antenna Requirement
The following table shows the requirements on GSM/UMTS antenna.
Table 26: Antenna Cable Requirements
Type
Requirements
GSM850/EGSM900
UMTS850/900
Cable insertion loss < 0.5dB.
DCS1800/PCS1900
UMTS1900/2100
Cable insertion loss < 0.9dB.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
56 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
Table 27: Antenna Requirements
Type
Requirements
Frequency Range
UC15-A:
GSM Quad-band: 850/900/1800/1900MHz.
UMTS Dual-band: 850/1900MHz.
UC15-E:
GSM Dual-band: 900/1800MHz.
UMTS Dual-band: 900/2100MHz.
VSWR
≤2
Gain (dBi)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
1
Max Input Power (W)
50
Input Impedance (Ω)
50
Polarization Type
Vertical
4.2.2.
Install the Antenna with RF Connector
The following is the antenna installation with RF connector provided by HIROSE. The recommended RF
connector is UF.L-R-SMT.
Figure 37: Dimensions of the UF.L-R-SMT Connector (Unit: mm)
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
57 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
You can use U.FL-LP serial connector listed in the following figure to match the UF.L-R-SMT.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Figure 38: Mechanicals of UF.L-LP Connectors (Unit: mm)
The following figure describes the space factor of mated connector:
Figure 39: Space Factor of Mated Connector (Unit: mm)
For more details, please visit http://www.hirose.com.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
58 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
5
Electrical, Reliability
Characteristics
and
Radio
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
5.1. Absolute Maximum Ratings
Absolute maximum ratings for power supply and voltage on digital and analog pins of module are listed in
the following table:
Table 28: Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter
Min.
Max.
Unit
VBAT_RF/VBAT_BB
-0.5
4.7
V
USB_VBUS
-0.5
6.0
V
Peak Current of VBAT_BB
0
0.8
A
Peak Current of VBAT_RF
0
1.8
A
Voltage at Digital Pins (1.8V digital I/O)
-0.3
2.1
V
Voltage at Digital Pins (2.6V digital I/O)
-0.3
2.9
V
Voltage at ADC0
0
2.2
V
0
2.2
V
Voltage at ADC1
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
59 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
5.2. Power Supply Ratings
Table 29: The Module Power Supply Ratings
Parameter
Description
Conditions
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
VBAT_BB and
VBAT_RF
Voltage must stay within the
min/max values, including voltage
drop, ripple, and spikes.
3.3
3.8
4.3
V
Voltage drop
during
transmitting
burst
Maximum power control level on
GSM850 and EGSM900.
IVBAT
Peak supply
current (during
transmission
slot)
Maximum power control level on
GSM850 and EGSM900.
USB_VBUS
USB detection
VBAT
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
3.0
400
mV
1.8
2.0
A
5.0
5.25
V
5.3. Operating Temperature
The operating temperature is listed in the following table.
Table 30: Operating Temperature
Parameter
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
Normal Temperature
-35
+25
+80
ºC
Restricted Operation1)
-40 ~ -35
+80 ~ +85
ºC
Storage Temperature
-45
+90
ºC
NOTE
“1)” When the module works within the temperature range, the deviations from the RF specification may
occur. For example, the frequency error or the phase error would increase.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
60 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
5.4. Current Consumption
The values of current consumption are shown below.
Table 31: Module Current Consumption
Parameter
Description
Conditions
Typ.
Unit
OFF state
supply current
Power down
65
uA
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
GSM/GPRS
supply current
IVBAT
WCDMA
supply current
GPRS data
transfer
UC15_Hardware_Design
Sleep (USB disconnected)
3.1 @DRX=2
2.0 @DRX=5
1.6 @DRX=9
mA
Sleep (USB suspended)
3.3 @DRX=2
2.2 @DRX=5
1.8 @DRX=9
mA
Idle (USB disconnected) @DRX=5
30
mA
Idle (USB connected) @DRX=5
60
mA
Sleep (USB disconnected)
3.4 @DRX=6
2.4 @DRX=7
2.0 @DRX=8
1.6 @DRX=9
mA
Sleep (USB suspended)
3.6 @DRX=6
2.4 @DRX=7
2.1 @DRX=8
1.7 @DRX=9
mA
Idle (USB disconnected) @DRX=6
30
mA
Idle (USB connected) @DRX=6
60
mA
GSM850 1DL/1UL @PCL=5
222
mA
GSM850 4DL/1UL @PCL=5
235
mA
GSM850 3DL/2UL @PCL=5
335
mA
GSM850 2DL/3UL @PCL=5
420
mA
GSM850 1DL/4UL @PCL=5
480
mA
EGSM900 1DL/1UL @PCL=5
220
mA
EGSM900 4DL/1UL @PCL=5
230
mA
Confidential / Released
61 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
EGSM900 3DL/2UL @PCL=5
330
mA
EGSM900 2DL/3UL @PCL=5
415
mA
EGSM900 1DL/4UL @PCL=5
470
mA
DCS1800 1DL/1UL @PCL=0
180
mA
DCS1800 4DL/1UL @PCL=0
180
mA
DCS1800 3DL/2UL @PCL=0
250
mA
DCS1800 2DL/3UL @PCL=0
307
mA
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
WCDMA data
transfer
DCS1800 1DL/4UL @PCL=0
345
mA
PCS1900 1DL/1UL @PCL=0
170
mA
PCS1900 4DL/1UL @PCL=0
170
mA
PCS1900 3DL/2UL @PCL=0
238
mA
PCS1900 2DL/3UL @PCL=0
295
mA
PCS1900 1DL/4UL @PCL=0
331
mA
UMTS2100 HSDPA @max power
420
mA
UMTS1900 HSDPA @max power
475
mA
UMTS850 HSDPA @max power
440
mA
UMTS900 HSDPA @max power
445
mA
GSM850 @PCL=5
260
mA
EGSM900 @PCL=5
250
mA
DCS1800 @PCL=0
200
mA
PCS1900 @PCL=0
188
mA
UMTS2100 @max power
430
mA
UMTS1900 @max power
480
mA
UMTS850 @max power
440
mA
UMTS900 @max power
450
mA
GSM voice call
WCDMA voice
call
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
62 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
5.5. RF Output Power
Table 32: Module Conducted RF Output Power
Frequency
Max.
Min.
GSM850
33dBm±2dB
5dBm±5dB
EGSM900
33dBm±2dB
5dBm±5dB
DCS1800
30dBm±2dB
0dBm±5dB
PCS1900
30dBm±2dB
0dBm±5dB
24dBm+1/-3dB
-56dBm±5dB
24dBm+1/-3dB
-56dBm±5dB
24dBm+1/-3dB
-56dBm±5dB
24dBm+1/-3dB
-56dBm±5dB
UMTS850
UMTS900
UMTS1900
UMTS2100
NOTE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
In GPRS 4 slots TX mode, the max output power is reduced by 2.5dB. This design conforms to the GSM
specification as described in Chapter 13.16 of 3GPP TS 51.010-1.
5.6. RF Receiving Sensitivity
Table 33: Module Conducted Receiving Sensitivity
Frequency
Receive Sensitivity (Typ.)
Unit
-108.5
dBm
-108.5
dBm
-108.5
dBm
PCS1900
-108.5
dBm
UMTS850
-110
dBm
UMTS900
-110
dBm
UMTS1900
-110
dBm
GSM850
EGSM900
DCS1800
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
63 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
UMTS2100
-110
dBm
5.7. Electrostatic Discharge
The module is not protected against electrostatics discharge (ESD) in general. Consequently, it is subject
to ESD handling precautions that typically apply to ESD sensitive components. Proper ESD handling and
packaging procedures must be applied throughout the processing, handling and operation of any
application that incorporates the module.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
The following table shows the module electrostatics discharge characteristics.
Table 34: Electrostatics Discharge Characteristics
Tested Points
Contact Discharge
Air Discharge
Unit
±5
±10
kV
Antenna Interface
±4
±8
kV
Other Interfaces
±0.5
±1
kV
VBAT, GND
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
64 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
6
Mechanical Dimensions
This chapter describes the mechanical dimensions of the module. All dimensions are measured in mm.
6.1. Mechanical Dimensions of the Module
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
29+/-0.15
(2.5+/-0.2)
27.15
29+/-0.15
27.15
(1.0+/-0.1)
Figure 40: UC15 Top and Side Dimensions
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
65 / 78
29
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
3.4
3.2
3.4
3.2
3.4
4.8
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
3.2
29
Figure 41: UC15 Bottom Dimensions (Bottom View)
Figure 42: Bottom Pads Dimensions (Bottom View)
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
66 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
6.2. Footprint of Recommendation
14.50
9.75
14.50
9.75
0.65
0.65
0.80
1.30
14.50
12.60
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
9.60
0.40
4.80
2.00
A
keepout
0.90
2.80
2.80
5.00
4.80
4.80
9.60
14.50
12.60
0.10
1.00
3.10 3.50
6.50
9.70
6.70
0.80
2.00
3.00
0.80
2.50
0.80
3.00
2.00
Figure 43: Recommended Footprint (Top View)
NOTES
1.
2.
3.
Refer to Figure 2 about the pin distribution (especially for pin 65, 66, 67 and 68).
The area A should be kept out. And the 69~80 pins in area A should not be designed in schematic
and PCB decal.
In order to maintain the module, keep about 3mm between the module and other components in the
host PCB.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
67 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
2.70
1.20
0.75
2.20
A
32.60
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
0.50
0.30
32.60
0.13
0.97
0.13
0.47
Figure 44: Recommend Stencil
NOTES
1.
2.
The thickness of stencil for the pads at the bottom of module is recommended as 0.18mm, and the
thickness of LCC pins is recommended as 0.2mm.
For better SMT solder, the GND pad at the bottom of the module is divided into four small pads.
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
68 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
6.3. Top View of the Module
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Figure 45: Top View of the Module
6.4. Bottom View of the Module
Figure 46: Bottom View of the Module
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
69 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
7
Storage and Manufacturing
7.1. Storage
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15 is stored in the vacuum-sealed bag. The restriction of storage condition is shown as below.
Shelf life in sealed bag is 12 months at < 40ºC/90%RH.
After this bag is opened, devices that will be subjected to reflow solder or other high temperature process
must be:


Mounted within 72 hours at factory conditions of ≤ 30ºC/60%RH.
Stored at < 10% RH.
Devices require bake, before mounting, if:


Humidity indicator card is > 10% when read 23ºC±5ºC.
Mounted for more than 72 hours at factory conditions of ≤ 30ºC/60% RH.
If baking is required, devices may be baked for 48 hours at 125ºC±5ºC.
NOTE
As plastic container cannot be subjected to high temperature, module needs to be taken out from
container to high temperature (125ºC) bake. If shorter bake times are desired, please refer to
IPC/JEDECJ-STD-033 for bake procedure.
7.2. Manufacturing and Welding
The squeegee should push the paste on the surface of the stencil that makes the paste fill the stencil
openings and penetrate to the PCB. The force on the squeegee should be adjusted so as to produce a
clean stencil surface on a single pass. To ensure the module soldering quality, the thickness of stencil at
the hole of the module pads should be 0.18mm. For details, please refer to document [4].
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
70 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
It is suggested that peak reflow temperature is 235~245ºC (for SnAg3.0Cu0.5 alloy). Absolute max reflow
temperature is 260ºC. To avoid damage to the module when it was repeatedly heated, it is suggested that
the module should be mounted after the first panel has been reflowed. The following picture is the actual
diagram which we have operated.
ºC
Preheat
Heating
Cooling
250
Liquids Temperature
217
200 ºC
200
40s~60s
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
160 ºC
150
70s~120s
100
Between 1~3 ºC/s
50
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
s
Time
Figure 47: Reflow Soldering Profile
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
71 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
7.3. Packaging
UC15 is packaged in the tap and reel carriers. One reel is 12.4m length and contains 250pcs modules.
The following figure shows the package details.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Cover tape
Direction of feed
Unit: mm
Figure 48: Carrier Tape
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
72 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
8
Appendix A Reference
Table 35: Related Documents
SN
Document Name
Remark
[1]
Quectel_UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
UC15 AT commands manual
[2]
Quectel_M10_EVB_User_Guide
M10 EVB user guide
[3]
Quectel_UC15_Reference_Design
UC15 reference design
[4]
Quectel_Module_Secondary_SMT_User_Guide
Module secondary SMT user guide
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Table 36: Terms and Abbreviations
Abbreviation
AMR
bps
CHAP
CS
CSD
CTS
DRX
Description
Adaptive Multi-rate
Bits Per Second
Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol
Coding Scheme
Circuit Switched Data
Clear to Send
Discontinuous Reception
DCE
Data Communications Equipment (typical module)
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment (typical computer, external controller)
DTR
Data Terminal Ready
DTX
Discontinuous Transmission
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
73 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
EFR
Enhanced Full Rate
EGSM
Extended GSM900 Band (including standard GSM900 band)
ESD
Electrostatic Discharge
FR
Full Rate
GMSK
Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying
GSM
Global System for Mobile Communications
HR
Half Rate
HSDPA
IMEI
Imax
LED
LSB
ME
MO
MS
MT
PAP
PBCCH
PCB
PDU
PPP
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
High Speed Down Link Packet Access
International Mobile Equipment Identity
Maximum Load Current
Light Emitting Diode
Least Significant Bit
Mobile Equipment
Mobile Originated
Mobile Station (GSM Engine)
Mobile Terminated
Password Authentication Protocol
Packet Broadcast Control Channel
Printed Circuit Board
Protocol Data Unit
Point-to-Point Protocol
PSK
Phase Shift Keying
QAM
Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
QPSK
Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
RF
Radio Frequency
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
74 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
RMS
Root Mean Square (value)
Rx
Receive
SIM
Subscriber Identification Module
SMS
Short Message Service
TX
Transmitting Direction
UART
Universal Asynchronous Receiver & Transmitter
UMTS
Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
URC
USIM
USSD
Vmax
Vnorm
Vmin
VIHmax
VIHmin
VILmax
VILmin
VImax
VImin
VOHmax
VOHmin
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Unsolicited Result Code
Universal Subscriber Identity Module
Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
Maximum Voltage Value
Normal Voltage Value
Minimum Voltage Value
Maximum Input High Level Voltage Value
Minimum Input High Level Voltage Value
Maximum Input Low Level Voltage Value
Minimum Input Low Level Voltage Value
Absolute Maximum Input Voltage Value
Absolute Minimum Input Voltage Value
Maximum Output High Level Voltage Value
Minimum Output High Level Voltage Value
VOLmax
Maximum Output Low Level Voltage Value
VOLmin
Minimum Output Low Level Voltage Value
VSWR
Voltage Standing Wave Ratio
WCDMA
Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
75 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
9
Appendix B GPRS Coding Scheme
Table 37: Description of Different Coding Schemes
CS-1
Scheme
CS-2
CS-3
CS-4
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
1/2
2/3
3/4
1
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
12
Radio Block excl.USF and BCS
181
268
312
428
BCS
40
16
16
16
4
4
4
-
456
588
676
456
0
132
220
-
9.05
13.4
15.6
21.4
Code Rate
USF
Pre-coded USF
Tail
Coded Bits
Punctured Bits
Data Rate Kb/s
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
76 / 78
UMTS/HSDPA Module Series
UC15 Hardware Design
10
Appendix C GPRS Multi-slot Class
Twenty-nine classes of GPRS multi-slot modes are defined for MS in GPRS specification. Multi-slot
classes are product dependant, and determine the maximum achievable data rates in both the uplink and
downlink directions. Written as 3+1 or 2+2, the first number indicates the amount of downlink timeslots,
while the second number indicates the amount of uplink timeslots. The active slots determine the total
number of slots the GPRS device can use simultaneously for both uplink and downlink communications.
The description of different multi-slot classes is shown in the following table.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Table 38: Description of Different Coding Schemes
Multislot Class
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Downlink Slots
Uplink Slots
Active Slots
1
1
2
2
1
3
2
2
3
3
1
4
2
2
4
3
2
4
3
3
4
4
1
5
3
2
5
4
2
5
4
3
5
4
4
5
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
77 / 78
UMTS/HSPA Module
UC15 Hardware Design
11
Appendix D EDGE Modulation and
Coding Scheme
Table 39: EDGE Modulation and Coding Scheme
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Coding Scheme
Modulation
Coding Family
1 Timeslot
2 Timeslot
4 Timeslot
CS-1:
GMSK
/
9.05kbps
18.1kbps
36.2kbps
GMSK
/
13.4kbps
26.8kbps
53.6kbps
GMSK
/
15.6kbps
31.2kbps
62.4kbps
GMSK
/
21.4kbps
42.8kbps
85.6kbps
GMSK
C
8.80kbps
17.60kbps
35.20kbps
GMSK
B
11.2kbps
22.4kbps
44.8kbps
GMSK
A
14.8kbps
29.6kbps
59.2kbps
GMSK
C
17.6kbps
35.2kbps
70.4kbps
8-PSK
B
22.4kbps
44.8kbps
89.6kbps
8-PSK
A
29.6kbps
59.2kbps
118.4kbps
8-PSK
B
44.8kbps
89.6kbps
179.2kbps
8-PSK
A
54.4kbps
108.8kbps
217.6kbps
8-PSK
A
59.2kbps
118.4kbps
236.8kbps
CS-2:
CS-3:
CS-4:
MCS-1
MCS-2
MCS-3
MCS-4
MCS-5
MCS-6
MCS-7
MCS-8
MCS-9
UC15_Hardware_Design
Confidential / Released
78 / 78
UC15
AT Commands Manual
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
Rev. UC15_AT_Commands_Manual_V1.1
Date: 2014-09-26
www.quectel.com
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Our aim is to provide customers with timely and comprehensive service. For any
assistance, please contact our company headquarters:
Quectel Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd.
Office 501, Building 13, No.99, Tianzhou Road, Shanghai, China, 200233
Tel: +86 21 5108 6236
Mail: [email protected]
Or our local office, for more information, please visit:
http://www.quectel.com/support/salesupport.aspx
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
For technical support, to report documentation errors, please visit:
http://www.quectel.com/support/techsupport.aspx
GENERAL NOTES
QUECTEL OFFERS THIS INFORMATION AS A SERVICE TO ITS CUSTOMERS. THE INFORMATION
PROVIDED IS BASED UPON CUSTOMERS’ REQUIREMENTS. QUECTEL MAKES EVERY EFFORT
TO ENSURE THE QUALITY OF THE INFORMATION IT MAKES AVAILABLE. QUECTEL DOES NOT
MAKE ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND DOES NOT ACCEPT
ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE OF ANY KIND INCURRED BY USE OF OR
RELIANCE UPON THE INFORMATION. ALL INFORMATION SUPPLIED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO
CHANGE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE.
COPYRIGHT
THIS INFORMATION CONTAINED HERE IS PROPRIETARY TECHNICAL INFORMATION OF
QUECTEL CO., LTD. TRANSMITTABLE, REPRODUCTION, DISSEMINATION AND EDITING OF THIS
DOCUMENT AS WELL AS UTILIZATION OF THIS CONTENTS ARE FORBIDDEN WITHOUT
PERMISSION. OFFENDERS WILL BE HELD LIABLE FOR PAYMENT OF DAMAGES. ALL RIGHTS
ARE RESERVED IN THE EVENT OF A PATENT GRANT OR REGISTRATION OF A UTILITY MODEL
OR DESIGN.
Copyright © Quectel Wireless Solutions Co., Ltd. 2014. All rights reserved.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
1 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
About the Document
History
Revision
1.0
1.1
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Date
Author
Description
2013-12-12
Jacky ZHANG
Initial
Rex ZHANG
1. Modified the response of AT Commands:
+CSMP/+COPS
2. Added AT Commands:
+CEER/+QSIMDET/+QSIMSTAT/+CGERE
P/+QAUDLOOP/+QMIC/+QTONEDET/+QP
CMV/+QWDTMF/+QLDTMF/+QLTONE
3. Deleted AT+ICF description in AT&W, ATZ
4. Modified the description of AT Commands:
+CNMI/+CPMS
5. Added maximum response time to all AT
Commands
2014-09-26
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
2 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Contents
About the Document ................................................................................................................................... 2
Contents ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
Table Index ................................................................................................................................................... 8
1
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................... 9
1.1.
Scope of the Document ........................................................................................................... 9
1.2.
AT Command Syntax............................................................................................................... 9
1.3.
Supported Character Sets ..................................................................................................... 10
1.4.
AT Command Interface.......................................................................................................... 10
1.5.
Unsolicited Result Code ........................................................................................................ 11
1.6.
Turn off Procedure ................................................................................................................. 11
2
General Commands ........................................................................................................................... 12
2.1.
ATI Display Product Identification Information.................................................................... 12
2.2.
AT+GMI Request Manufacturer Identification .................................................................... 13
2.3.
AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification ......................................................................... 13
2.4.
AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release ................................... 14
2.5.
AT+CGMI Request Manufacturer Identification .................................................................. 14
2.6.
AT+CGMM Request Model Identification ........................................................................... 15
2.7.
AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release................................. 15
2.8.
AT+GSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) .................................... 16
2.9.
AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification ................................................. 17
2.10.
AT&F Set all Current Parameters to Manufacturer Defaults .............................................. 17
2.11.
AT&V Display Current Configuration .................................................................................. 18
2.12.
AT&W Store Current Parameters to User Defined Profile .................................................. 19
2.13.
ATZ Set all Current Parameters to User Defined Profile .................................................... 19
2.14.
ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode .......................................................................... 20
2.15.
ATV TA Response Format .................................................................................................. 20
2.16.
ATE Set Command Echo Mode .......................................................................................... 22
2.17.
A/ Repeat Previous Command Line ................................................................................... 22
2.18.
ATS3 Set Command Line Termination Character .............................................................. 23
2.19.
ATS4 Set Response Formatting Character ........................................................................ 24
2.20.
ATS5 Set Command Line Editing Character ...................................................................... 24
2.21.
ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress ............................... 25
2.22.
AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality .................................................................................... 26
2.23.
AT+CMEE Error Message Format ...................................................................................... 27
2.24.
AT+CSCS Select TE Character Set ................................................................................... 28
2.25.
AT+QURCCFG Configure URC Indication Option ............................................................. 29
3
Serial Interface Control Commands ................................................................................................ 31
3.1.
AT&C Set DCD Function Mode .......................................................................................... 31
3.2.
AT&D Set DTR Function Mode ........................................................................................... 31
3.3.
AT+ICF Set TE-TA Control Character Framing .................................................................. 32
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
3 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
3.4.
3.5.
3.6.
4
5
AT+IFC Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control....................................................................... 33
AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate .................................................................................. 34
AT+QRIR Set Ring Line to Inactive .................................................................................... 36
Status Control Commands ............................................................................................................... 37
4.1.
AT+CPAS Mobile Equipment Activity Status ...................................................................... 37
4.2.
AT+QCFG Extended Configuration Settings ...................................................................... 38
4.2.1.
AT+QCFG="pwrsavedtr" Enable/Disable DTR to Control Power Save State ............ 40
4.2.2.
AT+QCFG="temp" Temperature Detection ................................................................. 41
4.2.3.
AT+QCFG="vbatt" Voltage Detection ......................................................................... 43
4.2.4.
AT+QCFG="gprsattach" GPRS Attach Mode Configuration....................................... 45
4.2.5.
AT+QCFG="nwscanmode" Network Search Mode Configuration.............................. 45
4.2.6.
AT+QCFG="nwscanseq" Network Searching Sequence Configuration..................... 46
4.2.7.
AT+QCFG="roamservice" Roam Service Configuration ............................................ 47
4.2.8.
AT+QCFG="servicedomain" Service Domain Configuration ...................................... 48
4.2.9.
AT+QCFG="band" Band Configuration ...................................................................... 48
4.2.10. AT+QCFG="hsdpacat" HSDPA Category Configuration............................................. 49
4.2.11. AT+QCFG="rrc" RRC Release Version Configuration ............................................... 50
4.2.12. AT+QCFG="sgsn" UE SGSN Release Version Configuration ................................... 51
4.2.13. AT+QCFG="msc" UE MSC Release Version Configuration ....................................... 51
4.2.14. AT+QCFG="gprsmultislot" GPRS Multislot Class Configuration ................................ 52
4.2.15. AT+QCFG="edgemultislot" EDGE Multislot Class Configuration ............................... 53
4.2.16. AT+QCFG="dtmmultislot" DTM&EDTM Multislot Class Configuration....................... 53
4.2.17. AT+QCFG="urc/ri/ring" Ring Line Behavior of RING .................................................. 54
4.2.18. AT+QCFG="urc/ri/smsincoming" Ring Line Behavior of Incoming SMS .................... 56
4.2.19. AT+QCFG="urc/ri/other" Ring Line Behavior of Other URCs ..................................... 57
4.2.20. AT+QCFG="risignaltype" Ring Line Signal Outputting Carrier ................................... 57
4.2.21. AT+QCFG="urc/delay" Delay URC Indication ............................................................ 58
4.2.22. AT+QCFG="amrcodec" AMR Codec Configuration ................................................... 59
4.2.23. AT+QCFG="sms/unread" Query the Amount of Unread Message(s) ........................ 60
4.2.24. AT+QCFG="call/alpha" Display Alphanumeric Name in Call ..................................... 60
4.2.25. AT+QCFG="sms/alpha" Display Alphanumeric Name in SMS ................................... 61
4.2.26. AT+QCFG="apready" AP Ready Configuration.......................................................... 62
4.3.
AT+QINDCFG URC Indication Configuration ..................................................................... 63
4.4.
AT+CEER Extended Error Report ...................................................................................... 65
4.5.
AT+QGBAND Get Module Operation Band........................................................................ 65
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
SIM Related Commands .................................................................................................................... 67
5.1.
AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) .................................... 67
5.2.
AT+CLCK Facility Lock ....................................................................................................... 68
5.3.
AT+CPIN Enter PIN ............................................................................................................ 70
5.4.
AT+CPWD Change Password ............................................................................................ 72
5.5.
AT+CSIM Generic SIM Access ........................................................................................... 73
5.6.
AT+CRSM Restricted SIM Access...................................................................................... 74
5.7.
AT+QCCID Show ICCID ..................................................................................................... 75
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
4 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5.8.
5.9.
5.10.
5.11.
5.12.
5.13.
AT+QFUN Set Phone Extended Functionality ................................................................... 76
AT+QINISTAT Query Status of SIM Card Initialization ....................................................... 77
AT+QPIN2 Query/Unlock SIM PIN2/PUK2......................................................................... 78
AT+QPINC Display PIN Remainder Counter ..................................................................... 78
AT+QSIMDET SIM Card Detection .................................................................................... 79
AT+QSIMSTAT SIM Inserted Status Report ....................................................................... 80
6
Network Service Commands ............................................................................................................ 82
6.1.
AT+COPS Operator Selection ............................................................................................ 82
6.2.
AT+CREG Network Registration ........................................................................................ 84
6.3.
AT+CSQ Signal Quality Report .......................................................................................... 85
6.4.
AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List...................................................................................... 86
6.5.
AT+COPN Read Operator Names...................................................................................... 88
6.6.
AT+CTZU Automatic Time Zone Update ............................................................................ 88
6.7.
AT+CTZR Time Zone Reporting ......................................................................................... 89
6.8.
AT+QLTS Obtain the Latest Network Time Synchronization.............................................. 91
7
Call Related Commands .................................................................................................................... 92
7.1.
ATA Answer an Incoming Call............................................................................................. 92
7.2.
ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial a Number .................................................................... 93
7.3.
ATH Disconnect Existing Connection ................................................................................. 94
7.4.
AT+CVHU Voice Hang Up Control ..................................................................................... 95
7.5.
AT+CHUP Hang Up Call ..................................................................................................... 96
7.6.
+++ Switch From Data Mode to Command Mode .............................................................. 96
7.7.
ATO Switch From Command Mode to Data Mode ............................................................. 97
7.8.
ATS0 Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering Call...................................... 98
7.9.
ATS6 Set Pause Before Blind Dialing................................................................................. 99
7.10.
ATS7 Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Connection Completion ................................... 99
7.11.
ATS8 Set the Number of Seconds to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier ............................... 100
7.12.
ATS10 Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data Carrier ..................... 100
7.13.
AT+CBST Select Bearer Service Type ............................................................................. 101
7.14.
AT+CSTA Select Type of Address .................................................................................... 103
7.15.
AT+CLCC List Current Calls of ME .................................................................................. 104
7.16.
AT+CR Service Reporting Control .................................................................................... 105
7.17.
AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for Incoming Call Indication .................................... 106
7.18.
AT+CRLP Select Radio Link Protocol Parameter ............................................................ 107
7.19.
AT+QECCNUM Configure Emergency Call Numbers...................................................... 109
7.20.
AT+QHUP Hang Up Call with a Specific Release Cause .................................................111
8
Phonebook Commands ................................................................................................................... 113
8.1.
AT+CNUM Subscriber Number ........................................................................................ 113
8.2.
AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries .................................................................................. 114
8.3.
AT+CPBR Read Phonebook Entries ................................................................................ 115
8.4.
AT+CPBS Select Phonebook Memory Storage ............................................................... 116
8.5.
AT+CPBW Write Phonebook Entry .................................................................................. 117
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
5 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
9
Short Message Service Commands ............................................................................................... 119
9.1.
AT+CSMS Select Message Service ................................................................................. 119
9.2.
AT+CMGF Message Format............................................................................................. 120
9.3.
AT+CSCA Service Center Address................................................................................... 121
9.4.
AT+CPMS Preferred Message Storage............................................................................ 122
9.5.
AT+CMGD Delete Message ............................................................................................. 123
9.6.
AT+CMGL List Messages ................................................................................................. 125
9.7.
AT+CMGR Read Message ............................................................................................... 128
9.8.
AT+CMGS Send Message ............................................................................................... 132
9.9.
AT+CMMS More Messages to Send ................................................................................ 133
9.10.
AT+CMGW Write Message to Memory ............................................................................ 134
9.11.
AT+CMSS Send Message From Storage ......................................................................... 136
9.12.
AT+CNMA New Message Acknowledgement to UE/TE ................................................... 137
9.13.
AT+CNMI SMS Event Reporting Configuration ................................................................ 139
9.14.
AT+CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Types ........................................................... 141
9.15.
AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters ................................................................. 142
9.16.
AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters .................................................................... 143
9.17.
AT+QCMGS Send Concatenated Messages ................................................................... 144
9.18.
AT+QCMGR Read Concatenated Messages ................................................................... 146
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
10 Packet Domain Commands ............................................................................................................ 149
10.1.
AT+CGATT Attachment or Detachment of PS.................................................................. 149
10.2.
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context ................................................................................ 150
10.3.
AT+CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile (Requested)...................................................... 151
10.4.
AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) ....................................... 154
10.5.
AT+CGEQREQ 3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested) ............................................. 157
10.6.
AT+CGEQMIN 3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable) .............................. 161
10.7.
AT+CGACT Activate or Deactivate PDP Context............................................................. 165
10.8.
AT+CGDATA Enter Data State.......................................................................................... 166
10.9.
AT+CGPADDR Show PDP Address ................................................................................. 167
10.10. AT+CGCLASS GPRS Mobile Station Class ..................................................................... 168
10.11. AT+CGREG Network Registration Status ........................................................................ 169
10.12. AT+CGEREP Packet Domain Event Reporting................................................................ 170
10.13. AT+CGSMS Select Service for MO SMS Messages ....................................................... 172
11 Supplementary Service Commands .............................................................................................. 174
11.1.
AT+CCFC Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control ........................................... 174
11.2.
AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control ........................................................................................ 176
11.3.
AT+CHLD Call Related Supplementary Services ............................................................ 178
11.4.
AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation ............................................................. 180
11.5.
AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction ................................................................ 181
11.6.
AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation .................................................... 182
11.7.
AT+CSSN Supplementary Service Notifications .............................................................. 184
11.8.
AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data .................................................... 185
12 Audio Commands ............................................................................................................................ 187
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
6 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
12.1.
12.2.
12.3.
12.4.
12.5.
12.6.
12.7.
12.8.
12.9.
12.10.
12.11.
12.12.
12.13.
12.14.
12.15.
12.16.
12.17.
12.18.
12.19.
AT+CMUT Mute Control ................................................................................................... 187
AT+CALM Mute the Ring Tone ......................................................................................... 188
AT+CRSL Set Ring Tone Volume ..................................................................................... 188
AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level............................................................................. 189
AT+QAUDMOD Set Audio Mode ...................................................................................... 190
AT+QAUDPATH Set the Audio Output Path ..................................................................... 191
AT+QSIDET Set the Side Tone Gain in Current Mode ..................................................... 192
AT+QAUDLOOP Enable Audio Loop Test ........................................................................ 192
AT+QMIC Set Uplink (MIC) Gains .................................................................................... 193
AT+QRXGAIN Set Downlink Gains .................................................................................. 194
AT+QTONEDET Enable/Disable DTMF Detection........................................................... 195
AT+QWDTMF Play/Send DTMF Tone (s) ........................................................................ 196
AT+QDAI Configure Digital Audio Interface...................................................................... 197
AT+QPCMV Enable to Transfer PCM Data through Port ................................................. 198
AT+QLDTMF Play Local DTMF ........................................................................................ 199
AT+QLTONE Play a Local Customized Tone ................................................................... 200
AT+VTS DTMF and Tone Generation............................................................................... 201
AT+QRCH Set the Ring Output Path ............................................................................... 202
AT+VTD Set Tone Duration .............................................................................................. 203
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
13 Hardware Related Commands ........................................................................................................ 206
13.1.
AT+QPOWD Power Off .................................................................................................... 206
13.2.
AT+CCLK Clock ................................................................................................................ 206
13.3.
AT+CBC Battery Charge................................................................................................... 207
13.4.
AT+QADC Read ADC ....................................................................................................... 208
13.5.
AT+QSCLK Configure Whether or Not to Enter into Sleep Mode .................................... 209
14 Appendix ........................................................................................................................................... 210
14.1.
Reference ............................................................................................................................ 210
14.2.
Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F .................................................................. 211
14.3.
AT Command Setting Storable with AT&W ......................................................................... 213
14.4.
AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ ........................................................................... 214
14.5.
Summary of CME ERROR Codes ...................................................................................... 214
14.6.
Summary of CMS ERROR Codes ...................................................................................... 216
14.7.
Summary of URC ................................................................................................................ 218
14.8.
SMS Character Sets Conversions ...................................................................................... 221
14.9.
Release Cause Text List of AT+CEER ................................................................................ 227
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
7 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Table Index
TABLE 1: TYPES OF AT COMMANDS AND RESPONSES ............................................................................. 10
TABLE 2: AT&V RESPONSE............................................................................................................................. 18
TABLE 3: ATV0&ATV1 RESULT CODES NUMERIC EQUIVALENTS AND BRIEF DESCRIPTION ................ 21
TABLE 4: PARAMETERS CONFIGURATIONS SUPPORTED BY AT+CBST ................................................ 102
TABLE 5: DELAY CLASS ................................................................................................................................ 154
TABLE 6: RELATED DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................ 210
TABLE 7: TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ...................................................................................................... 210
TABLE 8: FACTORY DEFAULT SETTINGS RESTORABLE WITH AT&F ....................................................... 211
TABLE 9: AT COMMAND SETTINGS STORABLE WITH AT&W .................................................................... 213
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
TABLE 10: AT COMMAND SETTINGS STORABLE WITH ATZ ..................................................................... 214
TABLE 11: DIFFERENT CODING SCHEMES OF +CME ERROR: <ERR> ................................................... 215
TABLE 12: DIFFERENT CODING SCHEMES OF +CMS ERROR: <ERR> ................................................... 216
TABLE 13: SUMMARY OF URC ..................................................................................................................... 218
TABLE 14: THE WAY OF SMS TEXT INPUT OR OUTPUT............................................................................ 221
TABLE 15: THE INPUT CONVERSIONS TABLE (DCS=GSM 7 BIT AND AT+CSCS=“GSM”) ...................... 222
TABLE 16: THE OUTPUT CONVERSIONS TABLE (DCS=GSM 7 BIT AND AT+CSCS=“GSM”) .................. 223
TABLE 17: GSM EXTENDED CHARACTERS ................................................................................................ 223
TABLE 18: THE INPUT CONVERSIONS TABLE (DCS=GSM 7 BIT AND AT+CSCS=“IRA”) ........................ 224
TABLE 19: IRA EXTENDED CHARACTERS .................................................................................................. 225
TABLE 20: THE OUTPUT CONVERSIONS TABLE (DCS=GSM 7 BIT AND AT+CSCS=“IRA”) .................... 226
TABLE 21: GSM EXTENDED CHARACTERS ................................................................................................ 226
TABLE 22: RELEASE CAUSE TEXT LIST OF AT+CEER .............................................................................. 227
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
8 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
1
Introduction
1.1. Scope of the Document
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
This document presents the AT Commands Set for Quectel cellular engine UC15.
1.2. AT Command Syntax
The “AT” or “at” prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line. To terminate a command line
enter
<CR>.
Commands
are
usually
followed
by
a
response
that
includes
“<CR><LF><response><CR><LF>”. Throughout this document, only the responses are presented,
“<CR><LF>” are omitted intentionally.
The AT Commands Set implemented by UC15 is a combination of 3GPP TS 27.007, 3GPP TS 27.005
and ITU-T recommendation V.25ter and the AT Commands developed by Quectel.
All these AT commands can be split into three categories syntactically: “basic”, “S parameter”, and
“extended”. They are listed as follows:
 Basic syntax
These AT commands have the format of “AT<x><n>”, or “AT&<x><n>”, where “<x>” is the command, and
“<n>” is/are the argument(s) for that command. An example of this is “ATE<n>”, which tells the DCE
whether received characters should be echoed back to the DTE according to the value of “<n>”. “<n>” is
optional and a default will be used if it is missing.
 S parameter syntax
These AT commands have the format of “ATS<n>=<m>”, where “<n>” is the index of the S register to set,
and “<m>” is the value to assign to it.
 Extended syntax
These commands can be operated in several modes, as following table:
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
9 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Table 1: Types of AT Commands and Responses
Test Command
AT+<x>=?
This command returns the list of parameters and value ranges
set by the corresponding Write Command or internal processes.
Read Command
AT+<x>?
This command returns the currently set value of the parameter
or parameters.
Write Command
AT+<x>=<…>
This command sets the user-definable parameter values.
Execution
Command
AT+<x>
This command reads non-variable parameters affected by
internal processes in the UE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
1.3. Supported Character Sets
The UC15 AT command interface defaults to the GSM character set. The UC15 supports the following
character sets:
 GSM
 UCS2
 IRA
The character set can be configured and interrogated by using the “AT+CSCS” command (3GPP TS
27.007). The character set is defined in 3GPP TS 27.005. The character set affects transmission and
reception of SMS and SMS Cell Broadcast Messages, the entry and display of phone book entries text
field.
1.4. AT Command Interface
The UC15 AT command interface includes two USB ports (USB MODEM port and USB AT port) and one
main UART port. Both the USB MODEM port and the main UART port support AT command and data
transfer. The USB AT port only supports AT command.
UART Port Feature:
The baud rates of 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 230400, 460800, 921600, 3200000, 3686400 and
4000000 are supported at present. The default is 115200.
The main UART port supports hardware flow control lines RTS and CTS. But it is off by default. AT
command “AT+IFC=2,2” is used to enable hardware flow control.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
10 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
1.5. Unsolicited Result Code
As an Unsolicited Result Code and a report message, URC is not issued as part of the response related
to an executed AT command. URC is issued by the UC15 without being requested by the TE and it is
issued automatically when a certain event occurs. Typical events leading to URCs are incoming calls
("RING"), received short messages, high/low voltage alarm, high/low temperature alarm etc. For most of
these messages, they will be outputted from USB AT port by default if CMUX function is disabled, and you
can configure the interface for URC output by using the AT command "AT+QURCCFG" (This command
only effects when CMUX function is disabled). If CMUX function is enabled, URCs will be outputted from
CMUX2 port by default. While the interface used for URC output is reserved by an active data connection
or a long running AT command, URCs are buffered internally and will be issued after the interface
becomes idle status.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
1.6. Turn off Procedure
It is recommended to execute AT+QPOWD command to turn off the module, as it is the safest and best
way. This procedure is realized by letting the module log off from the network and allowing the software to
enter into a secure and safe data state before disconnecting the power supply.
After sending AT+QPOWD, do not enter any other AT commands. The module outputs message
“POWERED DOWN” and sets the STATE pin as low to enter into the shutdown state. In order to avoid
data loss, it is suggested to wait for 1s to switch off the VBAT after the STATE pin is set as low and the
URC “POWERED DOWN” is outputted. If “POWERED DOWN” has not been received after 65s, you
should force to switch off the VBAT.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
11 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2
General Commands
2.1. ATI
Display Product Identification Information
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
The ATI command delivers a product information text.
ATI
Display Product Identification Information
Execution Command
ATI
Response
TA issues product information text.
Quectel
UC15
Revision: <revision>
OK
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<revision>
Example
300ms
Revision of software release
ATI
Quectel
UC15
Revision: UC15EQAR01A01E1G
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
12 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2.2. AT+GMI
Request Manufacturer Identification
AT+GMI returns a manufacturer identification text. See also: AT+CGMI.
AT+GMI
Request Manufacturer Identification
Test Command
AT+GMI=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+GMI
Response
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit
the user to identify the manufacturer.
Quectel
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
2.3. AT+GMM
300ms
Request TA Model Identification
AT+GMM returns a product model identification text. Command is identical with AT+CGMM.
AT+GMM Request TA Model Identification
Test Command
AT+GMM=?
Execution Command
AT+GMM
Response
OK
Response
TA returns a product model identification text.
UC15
OK
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
300ms
Confidential / Released
13 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2.4. AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
AT+GMR delivers a product firmware version identification. Command is identical with AT+CGMR.
AT+GMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
Test Command
AT+GMR=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+GMR
Response
TA reports one or more lines of information text which permit
the user to identify the revision of software release.
Revision: <revision>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
300ms
Revision of software release
<revision>
Example
AT+GMR
Revision: UC15EQAR01A01E1G
OK
2.5. AT+CGMI
Request Manufacturer Identification
AT+CGMI returns a manufacturer identification text. See also: AT+GMI.
AT+CGMI
Request Manufacturer Identification
Test Command
AT+CGMI=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CGMI
Response
TA returns manufacturer identification text.
Quectel
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
14 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
2.6. AT+CGMM
Request Model Identification
AT+CGMM returns a product model identification text. Command is identical with AT+GMM.
AT+CGMM
Test Command
AT+CGMM=?
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Request Model Identification
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CGMM
Response
TA returns product model identification text.
UC15
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
2.7. AT+CGMR
Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
AT+CGMR delivers a product firmware version identification. Command is identical with AT+GMR.
AT+CGMR Request TA Revision Identification of Software Release
Test Command
AT+CGMR=?
Execution Command
AT+CGMR
Response
OK
Response
TA returns identification text of product software version.
Revision: <revision>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
15 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
Identification text of product software version
<revision>
2.8. AT+GSN
Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)
AT+GSN returns the International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI). Command is identical with
AT+CGSN.
AT+GSN
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Request International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI)
Test Command
AT+GSN=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+GSN
Response
TA reports the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity)
number in information text which permit the user to identify
the individual ME device.
<IMEI>
OK
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<IMEI>
NOTE
300ms
IMEI of the telephone
The serial number (IMEI) varies with the individual ME device.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
16 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2.9. AT+CGSN
Request Product Serial Number Identification
AT+CGSN returns International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI). Command is identical with: AT+GSN.
AT+CGSN Request Product Serial Number Identification
Test Command
AT+CGSN=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CGSN
Response
<IMEI>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
2.10. AT&F
Set all Current Parameters to Manufacturer Defaults
AT&F resets AT command settings to their factory default values. However, the command does not
change the current baud rate of UART.
AT&F
Set all Current Parameters to Manufacturer Defaults
Execution Command
AT&F[<value>]
Response
TA sets all current parameters to the manufacturer defined
profile. See Table 8: Factory Default Settings Restorable with
AT&F
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<value>
0
Set all TA parameters to manufacturer defaults
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
17 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2.11. AT&V
Display Current Configuration
AT&V displays the current settings of several AT command parameters, including the single-letter AT
command parameters which are not readable otherwise.
AT&V
Display Current Configuration
Execution Command
AT&V
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Response
TA returns the current parameter setting
See Table 2: AT&V Response
OK
300ms
Table 2: AT&V Response
AT&V
&C: 1
&D: 1
&F: 0
&W: 0
E: 1
Q: 0
V: 1
X: 4
Z: 0
S0: 0
S3: 13
S4: 10
S5: 8
S6: 2
S7: 0
S8: 2
S10: 15
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
18 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2.12. AT&W
Store Current Parameters to User Defined Profile
AT&W stores the current AT command settings to a user defined profile in non-volatile memory.
AT&W
Store Current Parameters to User Defined Profile
Execution Command
AT&W[<n>]
Response
TA stores the current parameter settings in the user defined
profile. See Table 9: AT Command Settings Storable with
AT&W.
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<n>
2.13. ATZ
0
300ms
Profile number to store current parameters
Set all Current Parameters to User Defined Profile
ATZ restores the current AT command settings to the user defined profile in non-volatile memory, if one
was stored with AT&W before. Any additional AT command on the same command line may be ignored.
ATZ does not change the current baud rate of UART.
ATZ Set all Current Parameters to User Defined Profile
Execution Command
ATZ[<value>]
Response
TA sets all current parameters to the user defined profile. See
Table 10: AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<value>
0
Reset to profile number 0
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
19 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2.14. ATQ
Set Result Code Presentation Mode
ATQ controls whether the result code is transmitted to the CE. Other information text transmitted as
response is not affected.
ATQ
Set Result Code Presentation Mode
Execution Command
ATQ<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA
transmits any result code to the TE. Information text
transmitted in response is not affected by this setting.
If <n>=0:
OK
If <n>=1:
(none)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
0
1
<n>
2.15. ATV
300ms
TA transmits result code
Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted
TA Response Format
This command determines the contents of header and trailer transmitted with AT command result codes
and information responses.
The result codes, their numeric equivalents and brief descriptions of the use of each are listed in the
following table.
ATV
TA Response Format
Execution Command
ATV<value>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
This parameter setting determines the contents of the header
and trailer transmitted with result codes and information
responses.
When <value>=0
0
When <value>=1
Confidential / Released
20 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<value>
0
Information response: <text><CR><LF>
Short result code format: <numeric code><CR>
Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF>
Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose code><CR><LF>
1
Example
ATV1
OK
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 30,0
OK
ATV0
0
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 30,0
0
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Set <value>=1
//When <value>=1 result code is OK
//Set <value>=0
//When <value>=0 result code is 0
Table 3: ATV0&ATV1 Result Codes Numeric Equivalents and Brief Description
ATV1
ATV0
Description
0
Acknowledges execution of a command
1
A connection has been established; the DCE is moving
from command state to online data state
RING
2
The DCE has detected an incoming call signal from
network
NO CARRIER
3
The connection has been terminated or the attempt to
establish a connection failed
4
Command not recognized, command line maximum
length exceeded, parameter value invalid, or other
problem with processing the command line
OK
CONNECT
ERROR
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
21 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
NO DIALTONE
6
No dial tone detected
BUSY
7
Engaged (busy) signal detected
8
"@" (Wait for Quiet Answer) dial modifier was used, but
remote ringing followed by five seconds of silence was
not detected before expiration of the connection timer
(S7)
NO ANSWER
2.16. ATE
Set Command Echo Mode
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
ATE controls if the module echoes characters received from TE during AT command state.
ATE
Set Command Echo Mode
Execution Command
ATE<value>
Response
This setting determines whether or not the TA echoes
characters received from TE during command state.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<value>
0
1
Echo mode off
Echo mode on
2.17. A/
Repeat Previous Command Line
A/ repeats previous AT command line, and "/" acts as the line terminating character.
A/
Repeat Previous Command Line
Execution Command
A/
Response
Repeat Previous Command
Reference
V.25ter
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
22 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Example
ATI
Quectel
UC15
Revision: UC15EQAR01A01E1G
OK
A/
Quectel
UC15
Revision: UC15EQAR01A01E1G
OK
2.18. ATS3
//Repeat previous command
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Set Command Line Termination Character
ATS3 determines the character recognized by the module to terminate an incoming command line. It is
also generated for result codes and information text, along with character value set via ATS4.
ATS3
Set Command Line Termination Character
Read Command
ATS3?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS3=<n>
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Response
This parameter setting determines the character recognized
by TA to terminate an incoming command line. The TA also
returns this character in output.
OK
300ms
Parameter
<n>
000-013-127 Command line termination character (Default 013=<CR>)
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
23 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2.19. ATS4
Set Response Formatting Character
ATS4 determines the character generated by the module for result code and information text, along with
the command line termination character set via ATS3.
ATS4
Set Response Formatting Character
Read Command
ATS4?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS4=<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines the character generated
by the TA for result code and information text.
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<n>
300ms
000-010-127 Response formatting character (Default 010=<LF>)
2.20. ATS5
Set Command Line Editing Character
ATS5 determines the character value used by the module to delete the immediately preceding character
from the AT command line (i.e. equates to backspace key).
ATS5
Set Command Line Editing Character
Read Command
ATS5?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS5=<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines the character recognized
by TA as a request to delete the immediately preceding
character from the command line.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
24 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
000-008-127
<n>
2.21. ATX
Response editing character (Default 008=<Backspace>)
Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
ATX determines whether or not the module transmits particular result codes to the TE. It also controls
whether or not the module verifies the presence of a dial tone when it begins dialing, and whether or not
engaged tone (busy signal) detection is enabled.
ATX
Set CONNECT Result Code Format and Monitor Call Progress
Execution Command
ATX<value>
Response
This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA
detected the presence of dial tone and busy signal and
whether or not TA transmits particular result codes.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<value>
0
1
2
3
4
CONNECT result code only returned, dial tone and busy detection are both
disabled
CONNECT<text> result code only returned, dial tone and busy detection are
both disabled
CONNECT<text> result code returned, dial tone detection is enabled, busy
detection is disabled
CONNECT<text> result code returned, dial tone detection is disabled, busy
detection is enabled
CONNECT<text> result code returned, dial tone and busy detection are both
enabled
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
25 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2.22. AT+CFUN
Set Phone Functionality
AT+CFUN controls the functionality level. It can also be used to reset the UE.
AT+CFUN Set Phone Functionality
Test Command
AT+CFUN=?
Response
+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(list of supported <rst>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CFUN?
Response
+CFUN: <fun>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Write Command
AT+CFUN=<fun>[,<rst>]
Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
15s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<fun>
<rst>
0
1
4
0
1
Example
Minimum functionality
Full functionality (Default)
Disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits
Do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level
This is default when <rst> is not given
Reset the ME. The device is fully functional after the reset. This value is available
only for <fun>=1
AT+CFUN=0
OK
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0
//Switch phone to minimum functionality
//No operator is registered
OK
AT+CPIN?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
26 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
//SIM is not inserted
//Switch phone to full functionality
+CME ERROR: 10
AT+CFUN=1
OK
+CPIN: SIM PIN
AT+CPIN=1234
OK
+CPIN: READY
+QIND: PB DONE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
+QIND: SMS DONE
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,0,"CHN-UNICOM",2
OK
//Operator is registered
2.23. AT+CMEE Error Message Format
AT+CMEE controls the format of error result codes: "ERROR", error numbers or verbose messages as
"+CME ERROR: <err>" and "+CMS ERROR: <err>".
AT+CMEE
Error Message Format
Test Command
AT+CMEE=?
Response
+CMEE: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMEE?
Response
+CMEE: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMEE=<n>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
TA disables or enables the use of result code +CME ERROR:
<err> as an indication of an error related to the functionality of
the ME.
OK
Confidential / Released
27 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<n>
0
1
2
Example
Disable result code
Enable result code and use numeric values
Enable result code and use verbose values
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Disable result code
AT+CMEE=0
OK
AT+CPIN=1234
ERROR
AT+CMEE=1
OK
AT+CPIN=1234
+CME ERROR: 10
AT+CMEE=2
//Only "ERROR" will be displayed
//Enable error result code with numeric values
//Enable error result code with verbose (string)
values
OK
AT+CPIN=1234
+CME ERROR: SIM not inserted
2.24. AT+CSCS
Select TE Character Set
AT+CSCS write command informs the module which character set is used by the TE. It enables the UE to
convert character strings correctly between TE and UE character sets.
AT+CSCS
Select TE Character Set
Test Command
AT+CSCS=?
Response
+CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCS?
Response
+CSCS: <chset>
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
28 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Write Command
AT+CSCS=<chset>
Response
Set character set <chset> which is used by the TE. The TA
can then convert character strings correctly between the TE
and ME character sets.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<chset>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
"GSM"
"IRA"
"UCS2"
Example
AT+CSCS?
+CSCS: "GSM"
GSM default alphabet
International reference alphabet
UCS2 alphabet
//Query the current character set
OK
AT+CSCS="UCS2"
OK
AT+CSCS?
+CSCS: "UCS2"
OK
2.25. AT+QURCCFG
//Set the character set to "UCS2"
Configure URC Indication Option
This command is used to configure the output port of URC.
AT+QURCCFG Configure URC Indication Option
Test Command
AT+QURCCFG=?
Response
+QURCCFG: "urcport",("usbat","usbmodem","uart1")
OK
Write Command
AT+QURCCFG="urcport"[,<urcportv
alue>]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
If configuration parameters are omitted, return current
configuration:
+QURCCFG: "urcport",<urcportvalue>
Confidential / Released
29 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
If configuration parameters are entered, response:
OK
ERROR
Read Command
AT+QURCCFG?
Response
Return current configurations:
+QURCCFG: "urcport”,<urcportvalue>
OK
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<urcportvalue>
NOTES
300ms
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Set URC output port
"usbat"
"usbmodem"
"uart1"
USB AT port
USB modem port
Main UART
1. Configuration of URC output port will be saved to NV immediately by default.
2. After configuration of URC output port is set successfully, it will take effect immediately.
Example
AT+QURCCFG=?
+QURCCFG: "urcport",("usbat","usbmodem","uart1")
OK
AT+QURCCFG?
+QURCCFG: "urcport","usbat"
OK
AT+QURCCFG="urcport","uart1"
OK
AT+QURCCFG?
+QURCCFG: "urcport","uart1"
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
30 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
3
Serial Interface Control Commands
3.1. AT&C
Set DCD Function Mode
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT&C controls the behavior of the UE's DCD line.
AT&C
Set DCD Function Mode
Execution Command
AT&C[<value>]
Response
This parameter determines how the state of circuit 109(DCD)
relates to the detection of received line signal from the distant
end.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<value>
0
1
3.2. AT&D
DCD line is always ON
DCD line is ON only in the presence of data carrier
Set DTR Function Mode
AT&D determines how the UE responds if DTR line is changed from the ON to the OFF condition during
online data mode.
AT&D
Set DTR Function Mode
Execution Command
AT&D[<value>]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
This parameter determines how the TA responds when circuit
108/2(DTR) is changed from the ON to the OFF condition
during data mode.
OK
Confidential / Released
31 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
0
1
2
<value>
3.3. AT+ICF
TA ignores status on DTR
ON->OFF on DTR: Change to command mode with remaining the connected call
ON->OFF on DTR: Disconnect data call, change to command mode. During
state DTR=OFF, auto-answer is off
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Set TE-TA Control Character Framing
AT+ICF determines the serial interface character framing format and parity received by TA from TE.
AT+ICF
Set TE-TA Control Character Framing
Test Command
AT+ICF=?
Response
+ICF: (list of supported <format>s),(list of supported
<parity>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+ICF?
Response
+ICF: <format>,<parity>
OK
Write Command
AT+ICF=[<format>,[<parity>]]
Response
This parameter setting determines the serial interface
character framing format and parity received by TA from TE.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<format>
<parity>
3
0
1
2
8 data 0 parity 1 stop
Odd
Even
Mark (1)
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
32 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
3
Space (0)
NOTES
1.
2.
The command is applied for command state.
The <parity> field is ignored if the <format> field specifies no parity.
3.4. AT+IFC Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+IFC determines the flow control behavior of the serial port.
AT+IFC
Set TE-TA Local Data Flow Control
Test Command
AT+IFC=?
Response
+IFC: (list of supported <dce_by_dte>s),(list of supported
<dte_by_dce>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+IFC?
Response
+IFC: <dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
OK
Write Command
AT+IFC=<dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
Response
This parameter setting determines the data flow control on
the serial interface for data mode.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<dce_by_dte>
<dte_by_dce>
Specifies the method will be used by TE when receiving data from TA
0
None
2
RTS flow control
Specifies the method will be used by TA when receiving data from TE
0
None
2
CTS flow control
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
33 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
NOTE
This flow control is applied for data mode.
Example
//Open the hardware flow control
AT+IFC=2,2
OK
AT+IFC?
+IFC: 2,2
OK
3.5. AT+IPR
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate
AT+IPR is used to query and set the baud rate of the UART. The default baud rate value (<rate>) is
115200bps. <rate> setting will not be restored with AT&F.
AT+IPR Set TE-TA Fixed Local Rate
Test Command
AT+IPR=?
Response
+IPR: (list of supported auto detectable <rate>s),(list of
supported fixed-only<rate>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+IPR?
Response
+IPR: <rate>
OK
Write Command
AT+IPR=<rate>
Maximum Response Time
Response
This parameter setting determines the data rate of the TA on
the serial interface. After the delivery of any result code
associated with the current command line, the rate of
command takes effect.
OK
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
34 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<rate>
Baud rate of per second
9600
19200
38400
57600
115200
230400
460800
921600
3200000
3686400
4000000
NOTES
1.
2.
3.
4.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If a fixed baud rate is set, make sure that both TE (DTE, usually external processor) and TA (DCE,
Quectel module) are configured to the same rate.
The value of AT+IPR cannot be restored with AT&F and ATZ, but it is still storable with AT&W.
In multiplex mode, the baud rate cannot be changed by the write command AT+IPR=<rate>, and the
setting is invalid and not stored even if AT&W is executed after the write command.
A selected baud rate takes effect after the write commands are executed and acknowledged by
"OK".
Example
AT+IPR=115200
OK
AT&W
OK
AT+IPR?
+IPR: 115200
OK
AT+IPR=115200;&W
//Set fixed baud rate to 115200
//Store current setting, that is, the serial communication
speed is 115200 after restarting module
//Set fixed baud rate to 115200 and store current setting
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
35 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
3.6. AT+QRIR
Set Ring Line to Inactive
If the behavior of ring line is "always", you should restore ring line to inactive by AT+QRIR. The behavior
of ring line is controlled by AT+QCFG. Please refer to AT+QCFG="urc/ri/ring",
AT+QCFG="urc/ri/smsincoming" and "AT+QCFG="urc/ri/other".
AT+QRIR Restore Ring Line to Inactive
Test Command
AT+QRIR=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+QRIR
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
36 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
4
Status Control Commands
4.1. AT+CPAS
Mobile Equipment Activity Status
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CPAS execute command queries the module’s activity status.
AT+CPAS
Mobile Equipment Activity Status
Test Command
AT+CPAS=?
Response
+CPAS: (list of supported <pas>s)
OK
Execution Command
AT+CPAS
Response
TA returns the activity status of ME.
+CPAS: <pas>
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<pas>
0
3
4
Ready
Ringing
Call in progress or call hold
Example
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 0
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Module is idle
Confidential / Released
37 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
ATD10086;
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,3,0,0,"10086",129
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 3
//Module is ringing
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"10086",129
OK
AT+CPAS
+CPAS: 4
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Call in progress
OK
4.2. AT+QCFG
Extended Configuration Settings
AT+QCFG is used to query and configure various settings of UE.
AT+QCFG
Extended Configuration Settings
Test Command
AT+QCFG=?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
+QCFG: "pwrsavedtr",
(list of supported <value>s)
+QCFG: "temp",
((list of supported <temptype>s),
(list of supported <tempvalue>s),
(list of supported <temponoff>s))
+QCFG: "vbatt",
((list of supported <vbatttype>s),
(list of supported <vbattvalue>s),
(list of supported <vbattonoff>s))
+QCFG: "airplanecontrol",
(list of supported <airplanecontrol>s)
+QCFG: "gprsattach",
(list of supported <attachmode>s)
+QCFG: "nwscanmode",
(list of supported <scanmode>s),
Confidential / Released
38 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
(list of supported <effect>s)
+QCFG: "nwscanseq",
(list of supported <scanseq>s),
(list of supported <effect>s)
+QCFG: "roamservice",
(list of supported <roammode>s),
(list of supported <effect>s)
+QCFG: "servicedomain",
(list of supported <service>s),
(list of supported <effect>s)
+QCFG: "band",
(list of supported <bandval>s),
(list of supported <effect>s)
+QCFG: "hsdpacat",
(list of supported <cat>s)
+QCFG: "rrc",
(list of supported <rrcr>s)
+QCFG: "sgsn",
(list of supported <sgsnr>s)
+QCFG: "msc",
(list of supported <mscr>s)
+QCFG: "gprsmultislot",
(list of supported <gprsslot>s)
+QCFG: "edgemultislot",
(list of supported <edgeslot>s)
+QCFG: "dtmmultislot",
(list of supported <dtmslot>s)
+QCFG: "pcmclk",
(list of supported <pcmclkout>s),
(list of supported <pcmclkfreq>s)
+QCFG: "urc/ri/ring",
(list of supported <typeri>s),
(list of supported <pulseduration>s),
(list of supported <activeduration>s),
(list of supported <inactiveduration>s),
(list of supported <ringnodisturbing>s)
+QCFG: "urc/ri/smsincoming",
(list of supported <typeri>s),
(list of supported <pulseduration>s)
+QCFG: "urc/ri/other",
(list of supported <typeri>s),
(list of supported <pulseduration>s)
+QCFG: "risignaltype",
(list of supported <risignatype>s)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
39 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
+QCFG: "amrcodec",
(list of supported <preference>s)
+QCFG: "sms/unread"
+QCFG: "call/alpha",
(list of supported <value>s)
+QCFG: "sms/alpha",
(list of supported <value>s)
+QCFG: "apready",
(list of supported <value>s)
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Reference
300ms
4.2.1. AT+QCFG="pwrsavedtr"
Enable/Disable DTR to Control Power Save State
AT+QCFG="pwrsavedtr" can be used to enable or disable physical DTR pin to control power save state.
AT+QCFG="pwrsavedtr"
Enable/Disable DTR to Control Power Save State
Write Command
AT+QCFG="pwrsavedtr"[,<value>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="pwrsavedtr"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "pwrsavedtr",<value>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<value>
300ms
Number format, enable/disable DTR to control power save state
While <value> is enabled, pulling up DTR pin can trigger module to sleep mode
and pulling down DTR pin can wake up module. This option is only valid for
non-mux mode, and cannot be saved. After module is restarted, it will return to
default value
0
Disable
1
Enable
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
40 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
4.2.2. AT+QCFG="temp"
Temperature Detection
AT+QCFG="temp" can enable temperature detection and set corresponding parameters.
About Temperature Detection:
When the temperature is lower than the lowest temperature limit, the module will output:
+QIND: "temp",-2
If the temperature did not rise to a degree greater than the lowest temperature within 50 seconds, the
module will be turned off automatically. When the temperature is greater than the lowest temperature limit,
but lower than the low temperature warning limit, the module will output:
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
+QIND: "temp",-1
When temperature is greater than the highest temperature limit, the module will output:
+QIND: "temp",2
If the temperature did not drop to a degree lower than the highest temperature limit within 5 seconds, the
module will be turned off automatically.
When the temperature is lower than the highest temperature limit, but greater than the high temperature
warning limit, the module will output:
+QIND: "temp",1
When the temperature comes back from the low temperature warning limit or the high temperature
warning limit to normal temperature range, the module will output:
+QIND: "temp",0
The configuration will be stored to NV automatically.
AT+QCFG="temp"
Temperature Detection
Write Command
AT+QCFG="temp"[,<temptype>,<temp
value>[,<temponoff>]]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="temp"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "temp",
(<temptype>,<tempvalue>,<temponoff>),
(<temptype>,<tempvalue>,<temponoff>),
…
Confidential / Released
41 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<temptype>
<tempvalue>
<temponoff>
Example
300ms
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Temperature type
-2
Indicate the lowest temperature
-1
Indicate low temperature warning
1
Indicate high temperature warning
2
Indicate the highest temperature
Temperature threshold value (One over one thousand degrees Celsius)
(-35000~-40000) The lowest temperature limit (If below this limit, the module will be
shut down)
(-30000~-35000) Low temperature warning limit
(70000~80000) High temperature warning limit
(80000~90000) The highest temperature limit (If above this limit, the module will be
shut down)
Enable/disable temperature detection function
0
Disable
1
Enable
AT+QCFG="temp",-1
+QCFG: "temp",(-1,-35000,0)
OK
AT+QCFG="temp",-1,-35000,1
OK
//Query the low temperature warning limit and setting
//Set the low temperature warning limit
<Enable temperature detection, when greater than the lowest temperature limit, lower than low
temperature warning limit>
+QIND: "temp",-1
//URC report, when temperature is lower than warning temperature
<Enable temperature detection, when temperature is back to normal temperature range>
+QIND: "temp",0
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//URC report, when temperature is back to normal temperature
Confidential / Released
42 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
4.2.3. AT+QCFG="vbatt"
Voltage Detection
AT+QCFG="vbatt" can enable voltage detection and set corresponding parameters.
About Voltage Detection:
When the voltage is lower than the lowest voltage limit, the module will output:
+QIND: "vbatt",-2
If it does not come back to a degree greater than the lowest voltage limit within 2 seconds, the module will
be turned off automatically.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
When the voltage is greater than the lowest voltage limit, but lower than low voltage warning limit, the
module will output:
+QIND: "vbatt",-1
When the voltage is greater than the highest voltage limit, the module will output:
+QIND: "vbatt",2
If it does not come back to a degree greater than highest voltage limit within 2 seconds, the module will be
turned off automatically.
When the voltage is lower than the highest voltage limit, but greater than high voltage warning limit, the
module will output:
+QIND: "vbatt",1
When the voltage comes back to normal voltage range, the module will output:
+QIND: "vbatt",0
Voltage detection is enabled by default. It is suggested to enable voltage detection in order to avoid
module breakdown due to excessively high or low voltage.
The configuration will be stored to NV automatically.
AT+QCFG="vbatt" Voltage Detection
Write Command
AT+QCFG="vbatt"[,<vbatttype>,<vbatt
value>[,<vbatonoff>]]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="vbatt"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "vbatt",
Confidential / Released
43 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
(<vbatttype>,<vbattvalue>,<vbattonoff>),
(<vbatttype>,<vbattvalue>,<vbattonoff>),
…
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<vbatttype>
<vbattvalue>
<vbattonoff>
Example
300ms
Voltage type
-2
Indicate the lowest voltage
-1
Indicate low voltage warning
1
Indicate high voltage warning
2
Indicate the highest voltage
Voltage threshold value (mv)
(3200~3420)
The lowest voltage limit (If below this limit, the module will
shut down)
(3480~3500~3520) Low voltage warning limit
(4190~4210~4230) High voltage warning limit
(4280~4350~4400) The highest voltage limit (If above this limit, the module will
shut down)
Enable/disable voltage detection function
0
Disable
1
Enable
<Enable voltage detection, when greater than the lowest voltage limit,lower than the low voltage
warning limit>
+QIND: "vbatt",-1
//URC report, when voltage is lower than low voltage warning limit
<Enable voltage detection, when the voltage is back to normal voltage range>
+QIND: "vbatt",0
AT+QCFG="vbatt",-1
+QCFG: "vbatt",(-1,3500,1)
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//URC report, when the voltage is back to normal voltage
//Query low voltage warning limit
Confidential / Released
44 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
AT+QCFG="vbatt",-1,3500,0
OK
//Disable low voltage warning limit
4.2.4. AT+QCFG="gprsattach" GPRS Attach Mode Configuration
AT+QCFG="gprsattach" specifies the mode to attach GPRS when UE is powered on. This configuration is
valid only after the module is restarted.
AT+QCFG="gprsattach" GPRS Attach Mode Configuration
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Write Command
AT+QCFG="gprsattach"[,<attachmode
>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="gprsattach"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "gprsattach",<attachmode>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<attachmode>
300ms
Number format, the mode to attach GRPS when UE is powered on
0
Manual attach
1
Auto attach
4.2.5. AT+QCFG="nwscanmode" Network Search Mode Configuration
AT+QCFG="nwscanmode" specifies the mode of searching network. If <effect> is omitted, the
configuration will take effect immediately.
AT+QCFG="nwscanmode" Network Search Mode Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="nwscanmode"[,<scanmod
e>[,<effect>]]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="nwscanmode"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "nwscanmode",<scanmode>
Confidential / Released
45 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<scanmode>
<effect>
300ms
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Number format, network search mode
0
AUTO
1
GSM Only
2
UMTS Only
Number format, when to take effect
0
Take effect after UE reboots
1
Take effect immediately
4.2.6. AT+QCFG="nwscanseq" Network Searching Sequence Configuration
AT+QCFG="nwscanseq" specifies the sequence of searching network. If <effect> is omitted, the
configuration will take effect immediately.
AT+QCFG="nwscanseq" Network Searching Sequence Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="nwscanseq"[,<scanseq>[,
<effect>]]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="nwscanseq"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "nwscanseq",<scanseq>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
300ms
Confidential / Released
46 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<scanseq>
<effect>
Number format, network search sequence
0
AUTO
1
GSM prior to WCDMA
2
WCDMA prior to GSM
Number format, when to take effect
0
Take effect after UE restarts
1
Take effect immediately
4.2.7. AT+QCFG="roamservice"
Roam Service Configuration
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+QCFG="roamservice" is used to enable or disable the roam service. If <effect> is omitted, the
configuration will take effect immediately.
AT+QCFG="roamservice" Roam Service Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="roamservice"[,<roammod
e>[,<effect>]]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="roamservice"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "roamservice",<roammode>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<roammode>
<effect>
300ms
Number format, the mode of roam service
1
Disable roam service
2
Enable roam service
255 AUTO
Number format, when to take effect
0
Take effect after UE reboots
1
Take effect immediately
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
47 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
4.2.8. AT+QCFG="servicedomain" Service Domain Configuration
AT+QCFG="servicedomain" specifies the registered service domain. If <effect> is omitted, the
configuration will take effect immediately.
AT+QCFG="servicedomain" Service Domain Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="servicedomain"[,<service
>[,<effect>]]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="servicedomain"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "servicedomain",<service>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<service>
<effect>
300ms
Service domain of UE
0
CS only
1
PS only
2
CS & PS
Number format, when to take effect
0
Take effect after UE reboots
1
Take effect immediately
4.2.9. AT+QCFG="band"
Band Configuration
AT+QCFG="band" specifies the band of UE. If <effect> is omitted, the configuration will take effect
immediately.
AT+QCFG="band" Band Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="band"[,<bandval>[,<effect
>]]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="band"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "band",<bandval>
Confidential / Released
48 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<bandval>
<effect>
NOTES
300ms
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
The band of UE(e.g. 511=1+2+4+8+16+128+256 means GSM900& GSM1800&
GSM850& GSM1900& WCDMA2100& WCDMA900& WCDMA 800)
1
GSM 900
2
GSM 1800
4
GSM 850
8
GSM1900
16
WCDMA 2100
32
WCDMA 1900
64
WCDMA 850
128
WCDMA 900
256
WCDMA 800
512
Any, acquire any of the band class system.
When to take effect
0
Take effect after UE reboots
1
Take effect immediately
1. UC15-A supports GSM850&GSM900&GSM1800&GSM1900&WCDMA850&WCDMA1900 band. The
default value is 111.
2. UC15-E supports GSM900&GSM1800&WCDMA900&WCDMA2100 band. The default value is 147.
4.2.10. AT+QCFG="hsdpacat" HSDPA Category Configuration
AT+QCFG="hsdpacat" specifies the HSDPA category. This configuration is valid only after the module is
restarted.
AT+QCFG="hsdpacat" HSDPA Category Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="hsdpacat"[,<cat>]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
Confidential / Released
49 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
(+QCFG="hsdpacat"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "hsdpacat",<cat>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<cat>
300ms
HSDPA category
6
Category 6
12
Category 12
4.2.11. AT+QCFG="rrc" RRC Release Version Configuration
AT+QCFG="rrc" specifies the RRC release version. This configuration is valid only after the module is
restarted.
AT+QCFG="rrc" RRC Release Version Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="rrc"[,<rrcr>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="rrc"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "rrc",<rrcr>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
300ms
Confidential / Released
50 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<rrcr>
RRC release version.
0
R99
1
R5
4.2.12. AT+QCFG="sgsn"
UE SGSN Release Version Configuration
AT+QCFG="sgsn" specifies the UE SGSN release version. This configuration is valid only after the
module is restarted.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+QCFG="sgsn" UE SGSN Release Version Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="sgsn"[,<sgsnr>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="sgsn"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "sgsn",<sgsnr>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<sgsnr>
300ms
SGSN release version
0
R97
1
R99
2
Dynamic
4.2.13. AT+QCFG="msc" UE MSC Release Version Configuration
AT+QCFG="msc" specifies the UE MSC release version. This configuration is valid only after the module
is restarted.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
51 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+QCFG="msc" UE MSC Release Version Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="msc"[,<mscr>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="msc"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "msc",<mscr>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<mscr>
300ms
MSC release version
0
R97
1
R99
2
Dynamic
4.2.14. AT+QCFG="gprsmultislot" GPRS Multislot Class Configuration
AT+QCFG="gprsmultisolt" specifies the GPRS multislot class. This configuration is valid only after the
module is restarted.
AT+QCFG="gprsmultislot" GPRS Multislot Class Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="gprsmultislot"[,<gprsslot>
]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="gprsmultislot"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "gprsmultislot",<gprsslot>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
52 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
Number format, GPRS multislot class
Range is 1-12, 30-34, default value is 10
<gprsslot>
4.2.15. AT+QCFG="edgemultislot" EDGE Multislot Class Configuration
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+QCFG="edgemultisolt" specifies the EDGE multislot class. This configuration is valid only after the
module is restarted.
AT+QCFG="edgemultislot" EDGE Multislot Class Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="edgemultislot"[,<edgeslot
>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="edgemultislot"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "edgemultislot",<edgeslot>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<edgeslot>
300ms
Number format, EDGE multislot class
Range is 1-34, default value is 12
4.2.16. AT+QCFG="dtmmultislot" DTM&EDTM Multislot Class Configuration
AT+QCFG="dtmmultisolt" specifies the DTM&EDTM multislot class. This configuration is valid only after
the module is restarted.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
53 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+QCFG="dtmmultislot" DTM&EDTM Multislot Class Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="dtmmultislot"[,<dtmslot>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="dtmmultislot"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "dtmmultislot",<dtmslot>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<dtmslot>
300ms
Number format, DTM&EDTM multislot class
0
Class 0
1
Class 5
2
Class 9
3
Class 11
4.2.17. AT+QCFG="urc/ri/ring"
Ring Line Behavior of RING
AT+QCFG="urc/ri/ring", AT+QCFG="urc/ri/smsincoming" and AT+QCFG="urc/ri/other" control the
behavior of ring line when URC is reported. These configurations will be stored into NV automatically. The
ring line is active low. AT+QCFG="urc/ri/ring" specifies the behavior of ring line when RING is presented
to indicate an incoming call.
The sum of parameter <activeduration> and <inactiveduration> determines the interval time of “RING”
indications when a call is coming.
AT+QCFG="urc/ri/ring" Ring Line Behavior of RING
Write Command
AT+QCFG="urc/ri/ring"[,<typeri>[,<pul
seduration>[,<activeduration>[,<inacti
veduration>[,<ringnodisturbing>[,<pul
secount>]]]]]]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="urc/ri/ring"), return current configuration:
+QCFG:
"urc/ri/ring",<typeri>,<pulseduration>,<activeduration>,
<inactiveduration>,<ringnodisturbing>,<pulsecount>
Confidential / Released
54 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<typeri>
300ms
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
<pulseduration>
<activeduration>
<inactiveduration>
<ringnodisturbing>
The behavior of the ring line when URCs are presented
"off"
No change. Ring line keeps inactive
"pulse"
Pulse. Pulse width determined by <pulseduration>
"always"
Change to active. You may restore to inactive by +QRIR
"auto"
When “RING” is presented to indicate an incoming call, ring
line changes to and keeps active. When ring of the incoming
call ends, either answering or hanging up the incoming call,
ring line will change to inactive
"wave"
When “RING” is presented to indicate an incoming call. The
ring line outputs a square wave. Both <activeduration> and
<inactiveduration> are used to set parameters of the square
wave. When the ring of incoming call ends, either answering
or hanging up the incoming call, ring line will change to
inactive
Set the width of pulse. Value ranges from 1 to 2000ms and default is 120ms.
This parameter is only meaningful when <typeri> is “pulse”. If this parameter
is not needed, you can set it as null
Set the active duration of the square wave, value ranges from 1 to 10000ms,
and the default is 1000ms.This parameter is only meaningful when <typeri>
is “wave”
Set the inactive duration of the square wave, value ranges from 1 to
10000ms, and the default is 5000ms. This parameter is only meaningful when
<typeri> is “wave”
Set whether the ring line behavior could be disturbed. This parameter is only
meaningful when <typeri> is configured to “auto” or “wave”. For example,
when <typeri> is configured to “wave”, if you need the square wave not to be
disturbed by other URCs (including SMS related URCs), you should set
<ringnodisturbing> to "on"
"off"
It can be disturbed by other URCs which the behavior of ring
line is caused by an incoming call ringing
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
55 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
"on"
It cannot be disturbed by other URCs which the behavior of
ring line is caused by an incoming call ringing.
The count of pulse. This parameter is only meaningful when <typeri> is
“pulse”.
Value ranges from 1 to 5 and default is 1. The interval time between two pulse
is equal to <pulseduration>.
<pulsecount>
4.2.18. AT+QCFG="urc/ri/smsincoming"
Ring Line Behavior of Incoming SMS
AT+QCFG="urc/ri/smsincoming" specifies the behavior of ring line when related incoming message URCs
are presented. Related incoming message URCs list: +CMTI,+CMT,+CDS,+CBM.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+ QCFG="urc/ri/smsincoming" Ring Line Behavior of Incoming SMS
Write Command
AT+QCFG="urc/ri/smsincoming"[,<typ
eri>[,<pulseduration>[,<pulsecount>]]]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="urc/ri/smsincoming"),
return current configuration:
+QCFG:
"urc/ri/smsincoming",<typeri>,<pulseduration>,<pulsec
ount>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<typeri>
<pulseduration>
<pulsecount>
300ms
The behavior of the ring line when URC are presented
"off"
No change. Ring line keeps inactive
"pulse"
Pulse. Pulse width determined by <pulseduration>
"always"
Change to active. You should restore to inactive by +QRIR
Set the width of pulse. Value ranges from 1 to 2000ms and the default is
120ms. This parameter is only valid when <typeri> is “pulse”
The count of pulse. This parameter is only meaningful when <typeri> is
“pulse”. Value ranges from 1 to 5 and default is 1. The interval time between
two pulse is equal to <pulseduration>.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
56 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
4.2.19. AT+QCFG="urc/ri/other"
Ring Line Behavior of Other URCs
AT+QCFG="urc/ri/other" specifies the behavior of ring line when other URCs are presented.
AT+QCFG="urc/ri/other" Ring Line Behavior of Other URCs
Write Command
AT+QCFG="urc/ri/other"[,<typeri>[,<p
ulseduration>[,<pulsecount>]]]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="urc/ri/other"), return current configuration:
+QCFG:
"urc/ri/other",<typeri>,<pulseduration>,<pulsecount>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<typeri>
<pulseduration>
<pulsecount>
300ms
The behavior of the ring line when URCs are presented
"off"
No change. Ring line keeps inactive
"pulse"
Pulse. Pulse width determined by <pulseduration>
Set the width of pulse. Value ranges from 1 to 2000ms and the default is 120ms.
This parameter is valid only when <typeri> is “pulse”
The count of pulse. This parameter is only meaningful when <typeri> is “pulse”.
Value ranges from 1 to 5 and default is 1. The interval time between two pulse is
equal to <pulseduration>.
4.2.20. AT+QCFG="risignaltype" Ring Line Signal Outputting Carrier
AT+QCFG="risignaltype" specifies the carrier of ring line signal outputting.
AT+QCFG="risignaltype" Ring Line Signal Outputting Carrier
Write Command
AT+QCFG="risignaltype",[<risignatyp
e>]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="urc/ri/other"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "risignaltype",<risignatype>
Confidential / Released
57 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<risignatype>
300ms
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
The carrier of ring line signal output
"respective"
The ring line behaves on the port which URC is presented.
For example, if URC is presented on UART port, it is
physical ring line. If URC is presented on USB modem port,
it is virtual ring line. If URC is presented on USB AT port, no
ring line for USB AT port which does not support ring line.
+QURCCFG=“urcport” can get the port which URC is
presented
"physical"
No matter which port URC is presented on, URC only
causes the behavior of physical ring line
4.2.21. AT+QCFG="urc/delay"
Delay URC Indication
AT+QCFG="urc/delay" can delay the output of URC indication until ring line pulse end.
AT+QCFG="urc/delay" Delay URC Indication
Write Command
AT+QCFG="urc/delay"[,<enable>]
Response
If configuration parameter is omitted
+QCFG: "urc/delay",<enable>
OK
If configuration parameter is entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
58 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<enable>
0
1
URC indication will be output when ring line pulse start
URC indication will be output when ring line pulse end(only the type of ring
line is “pulse”, refer to AT+QCFG=“urc/ri/ring”,
AT+QCFG=“urc/ri/smsincoming” and AT+QCFG=“urc/ri/other”)
4.2.22. AT+QCFG="amrcodec"
AMR Codec Configuration
AT+QCFG="amrcodec" can be used to configure the AMR. This configuration is valid only after the
module is restarted.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+QCFG="amrcodec" AMR Codec Configuration
Write Command
AT+QCFG="amrcodec"[,<preference
>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
(+QCFG="armcodec"), return current configuration:
+QCFG: "amrcodec",<preference>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<preference>
300ms
AMR configurations( e.g. 7=1+2+4 means GSM AMR NB&GSM AMR WB&GSM HR
AMR ).
0
No AMR configuration
1
GSM AMR NB
2
GSM AMR WB
4
GSM HR AMR
8
WCDMA AMR WB
15
The above four AMR configurations are supported
16
Reserved
32
Reserved
64
Reserved
128
Reserved
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
59 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
255
All AMR configurations are supported
4.2.23. AT+QCFG="sms/unread" Query the Amount of Unread Message(s)
AT+QCFG="sms/unread" is used to query the amount of unread message(s).
AT+QCFG="sms/unread" Query the Amount of Unread Message(s)
Write Command
AT+QCFG="sms/unread"
Response
+QCFG: "sms/unread","SM",<smcount>,"ME",<mecount>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<smcount>
<mecount>
300ms
The amount of unread message(s) in SM storage
The amount of unread message(s) in ME storage
4.2.24. AT+QCFG="call/alpha"
Display Alphanumeric Name in Call
AT+QCFG="call/alpha" can display the parameter <alpha> in the result of +CLCC and the result of other
call related commands or URCs (e.g. +CLIP).
AT+QCFG="call/alpha"
Display Alphanumeric Name in Call
Write Command
AT+QCFG="call/alpha"[,<value>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
+QCFG: "call/alpha",<value>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
60 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Parameter
<value>
Display parameter <alpha> or not
0
Not display
1
Display
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
4.2.25. AT+QCFG="sms/alpha" Display Alphanumeric Name in SMS
AT+QCFG="sms/alpha" can display the parameter <alpha> in the result of +CMGR and the result of
other SMS related commands or URCs (e.g. +CMT).
AT+QCFG="sms/alpha" Display Alphanumeric Name in SMS
Write Command
AT+QCFG="sms/alpha"[,<value>]
Response
If configuration parameters are omitted
+QCFG: "sms/alpha",<value>
OK
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Reference
Parameter
<value>
300ms
Display parameter <alpha> or not
0
Not display
1
Display
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
61 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
4.2.26. AT+QCFG="apready"
AP Ready Configuration
AT+QCFG="apready" is used to set AP ready pin status detection. AP_READY (PIN2) is the default
indicator pin. MCU could change the level indicator pin according to its actual demands.
When URC is reported and the level of indicator pin is invalid, this module will store the reported URC and
periodically detect indicator pin’s level until it turns to valid, and then stored URC will be reported. When
the reported URC is stored, RI pin status will still change according to your configuration.
AT+QCFG="apready"
Test Command
AT+QCFG=?
AP Ready Configuration
Response
……
+QCFG: "apready",(0,1),(0,1),(100-3000)
……
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Read Command
AT+ QCFG="apready"
+QCFG:“apready”,<enable>,<level>,<interval>
OK
Set Command
AT+QCFG="apready",<enable >[,<level>,[<interv
al>]]
Parameter
<enable>
<level>
<interval>
Response
OK
ERROR
Enable/disable AP ready status detection.
0
Disable AP ready status detection
1
Enable AP ready status detection
Indicator pin’s valid level. The parameter is only effective when indicator pin’s detection is
running.
0
Low level
1
High level
Detection period, unit is ms. The parameter is only effective when indicator pin’s detection
is running. When indicator pin’s level is invalid and URC is reported, this parameter will
be used as detection interval to check indicator pin’s level until it is valid. The default
value is 500ms.
NOTES
1.
2.
3.
The configuration will be saved to NV automatically.
The maximum size to store URC is 15. Module will clear the earliest URC to store new one when
exceeds 15.
When AP ready is running, module only stores one “RING” during call.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
62 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
4.
If AP_READY is suspending, the default level depends on parameter <level>.
Example
AT+QCFG="apready",1,0,800
OK
AT+QCFG="apready"
+QCFG: “apready”,0,0,300
//Set configuration
//Read configuration
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
4.3. AT+QINDCFG
URC Indication Configuration
AT+QINDCFG is used to control URC indication.
AT+QINDCFG URC Indication Configuration
Test Command
AT+QINDCFG=?
Response
+QINDCFG: "all",(0,1),(0,1)
+QINDCFG: "csq",(0,1),(0,1)
+QINDCFG: "smsfull",(0,1),(0,1)
+QINDCFG: "ring",(0,1),(0,1)
+QINDCFG: "smsincoming",(0,1),(0,1)
+QINDCFG: "ccinfo",(0,1),(0,1)
OK
Read Command
AT+QINDCFG?
Response
+QINDCFG: "all",<enable>
+QINDCFG: "csq",<enable>
+QINDCFG: "smsfull",<enable>
+QINDCFG: "ring",<enable>
+QINDCFG: "smsincoming",<enable>
+QINDCFG: "ccinfo",<enable>
OK
Write Command
AT+QINDCFG=<urctype>[,<enable>[,<
savetonvram>]]
Response
If
configuration
parameters
are
(AT+QCFG=<urctype>), current configuration
returned:
+QINDCFG: <urctype>,<enable>
omitted
will be
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
63 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
If configuration parameters are entered:
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <errcode>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<urctype>
<enable>
<savetonvram>
URC type
"all"
"csq"
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Main switch of all URCs. Default is on
Indication of signal strength and channel bit error rate
change (similar to AT+CSQ). Default is off. If this
configuration is on, present:
+QIND: “csq”,<rssi>,<ber>
"smsfull"
SMS storage full indication. Default is off. If this
configuration is on, present:
+QIND: “smsfull”,<storage>
"ring"
“RING” indication. Default is on
"smsincoming"
Incoming message indication, Default is on.
Related URCs list:
+CMTI,+CMT,+CDS,+CBM.
"ccinfo"
Indication of voice call state change (Parameters
similar to AT+CLCC). Default is off.
When voice call state changes to connected
(MO&MT call), alerting (MO call),incoming (MT
call),ended (MO&MT call), present:
+QIND: "ccinfo",<idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,
<mpty>[,<number>,<type>,[<alpha>]]
The value of <stat> as below:
0
Connected
3
Alerting
4
Incoming
-1
End
About the explanation of other parameters, please
refer to AT+CLCC
URC indication is on or off
0
Off
1
On
Whether to save configuration into NV, the default is not saved
0
Not save
1
Save
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
64 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
4.4. AT+CEER
Extended Error Report
AT+CEER is used to query an extended error and report the cause of the last failed operation, such as:






Fail to release call
Fail to set up a call (both mobile originated or terminated)
Fail to modify a call by using Supplementary Services
Fail to activate, register, query, deactivate or deregister a Supplementary Service
Fail to attach GPRS or fail to activate PDP context
Fail to detach GPRS or fail to deactivate PDP context
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
The release cause <text> is a text to describe the cause information given by the network.
AT+CEER Extended Error Report
Test command
AT+CEER=?
Response
OK
Execution command
AT+CEER
Response
+CEER: <text>
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <errcode>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<text>
300ms
Release cause text. Reason for the last call failure to setup or release (listed in 14.9
reported. Cause data is captured from Call Manager events and cached locally to
later use by this command.
4.5. AT+QGBAND
Get Module Operation Band
AT+QGBAND can get the current operation band of module.
AT+QGBAND Get Module Operation Band
Test Command
AT+QGBAND=?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
OK
Confidential / Released
65 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Execution Command
AT+QGBAND
Response
+QGBAND: <currentband>
OK
Reference
Parameter
<currentband>
Current operation band of module
1
GSM 900
2
GSM 1800
4
GSM 850
8
GSM 1900
16
WCDMA 2100
32
WCDMA 1900
64
WCDMA 850
128
WCDMA 900
256
WCDMA 800
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
66 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5
SIM Related Commands
5.1. AT+CIMI
Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CIMI requests the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) which is intended to permit the TE to
identify the individual SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) that is attached to MT.
AT+CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI)
Test Command
AT+CIMI=?
Execution Command
AT+CIMI
Response
OK
Response
TA returns <IMSI> for identifying the individual SIM which is
attached to ME.
<IMSI>
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<IMSI>
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string without double quotes)
Example
AT+CIMI
460023210226023
//Query IMSI number of SIM which is attached to ME
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
67 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5.2. AT+CLCK
Facility Lock
AT+CLCK is used to lock, unlock or interrogate a MT or a network facility <fac>. The command can be
aborted when network facilities are set or interrogated.
AT+CLCK
Facility Lock
Test Command
AT+CLCK=?
Response
+CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s)
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Write Command
AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>,[<passwd>[
,<class>]]
Response
This command is used to lock, unlock or interrogate a ME or a
network facility <fac>. Password is normally needed to do
such actions. When querying the status of a network service
(<mode>=2) the response line for ‘not active’ case
(<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active
for any <class>.
If <mode> is not equal 2 and command is successful:
OK
If <mode>=2 and command is successful:
+CLCK: <status>[,<class>]
[+CLCK: <status>[, <class>]]
[…]
OK
Maximum Response Time
5s
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<fac>
"SC"
"AO"
"OI"
"OX"
"AI"
"IR"
SIM (lock SIM/UICC card installed in the currently selected card slot) (SIM/UICC
asks password in MT power-up and when this lock command issued)
BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls) (refer to 3GPP TS 22.088 clause 1)
BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls) (refer to 3GPP TS 22.088 clause 1)
BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country) (refer to
3GPP TS 22.088 clause 1)
BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls) (refer to 3GPP TS 22.088 clause 2)
BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country) (refer
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
68 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<mode>
<passwd>
<class>
<status>
Example
to 3GPP TS 22.088 clause 2)
"AB"
All Barring services (refer 3GPP TS 22.030) (applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG"
All outgoing barring services (refer 3GPP TS 22.030) (applicable only for
<mode>=0)
"AC"
All incoming barring services (refer 3GPP TS 22.030) (applicable only for
<mode>=0)
"FD"
SIM card or active application in the UICC (GSM or USIM) fixed dialing memory
feature (if PIN2 authentication has not been done during the current session,
PIN2 is required as <passwd>)
"PF"
Lock Phone to the very First inserted SIM/UICC card (also referred in the present
document as PH-FSIM) (MT asks password when other than the first SIM/UICC
card is inserted)
"PN"
Network Personalization (refer to 3GPP TS 22.022)
"PU"
Network Subset Personalization (refer to 3GPP TS 22.022)
"PP"
Service Provider Personalization (refer to 3GPP TS 22.022)
"PC"
Corporate Personalization (refer to 3GPP TS 22.022)
0
Unlock
1
Lock
2
Query status
Password
1
Voice
2
Data
4
FAX
7
All telephony except SMS (Default)
8
Short message service
16
Data circuit sync
32
Data circuit async
0
Off
1
On
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CLCK="SC", 2
+CLCK: 0
OK
AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234"
OK
AT+CLCK="SC",2
+CLCK: 1
OK
AT+CLCK="SC",0,"1234"
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Query the status of SIM card lock, 0-unlock
//Lock SIM card, the password is 1234
//Query the status of SIM card lock, 1-lock
//Unlock SIM card
Confidential / Released
69 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5.3. AT+CPIN
Enter PIN
AT+CPIN is used to enter a password or query whether or not module requires a password which is
necessary before it can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH-SIM PIN, etc.).
AT+CPIN Enter PIN
Test Command
AT+CPIN=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+CPIN?
Response
TA returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether or not
some password is required.
+CPIN: <code>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Write Command
AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<new pin>]
Response
TA stores a password which is necessary before it can be
operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, etc.). If the PIN is to be entered
twice, the TA shall automatically repeat the PIN. If no PIN
request is pending, no action is taken and an error message,
+CME ERROR, is returned to TE.
If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the second pin
is required. This second pin, <new pin>, is used to replace
the old pin in the SIM.
OK
Maximum Response Time
5s
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<code>
READY
SIM PIN
SIM PUK
SIM PIN2
SIM PUK2
PH-NET PIN
PH-NET PUK
PH-NETSUB PIN
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
MT is not pending for any password
MT is waiting for SIM PIN to be given
MT is waiting for SIM PUK to be given
MT is waiting for SIM PIN2 to be given
MT is waiting for SIM PUK2 to be given
MT is waiting for network personalization password to be given
MT is waiting for network personalization unblocking password
to be given
MT is waiting for network subset personalization password to be
given
Confidential / Released
70 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
PH-NETSUB PUK
<pin>
<new pin>
MT is waiting for network subset personalization unblocking
password to be given
PH-SP PIN
MT is waiting for service provider personalization password to
be given
PH-SP PUK
MT is waiting for service provider personalization unblocking
password to be given
PH-CORP PIN
MT is waiting for corporate personalization password to be
given
PH-CORP PUK
MT is waiting for corporate personalization unblocking
password to be given
Password (string type). If the requested password was a PUK, such as SIM PUK1 or
PH-FSIM PUK or another password, then <pin> must be followed by <new pin>
New password (string type) if the requested code was a PUK.
Example
//Enter PIN
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN=1234
OK
+CPIN: READY
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Query PIN code is locked
//Enter PIN
//PIN has already been entered
//Enter PUK and PIN
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PUK
OK
AT+CPIN="26601934","1234"
OK
+CPIN: READY
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
//Query PUK code is locked
//Enter PUK and new PIN password
//PUK has already been entered
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
71 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5.4. AT+CPWD
Change Password
AT+CPWD sets a new password for the facility lock function defined by command Facility Lock +CLCK.
AT+CPWD Change Password
Test Command
AT+CPWD=?
Response
TA returns a list of pairs which present the available facilities
and the maximum length of their password.
+CPWD: (list of supported <fac>s),(<pwdlength>s)
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Write Command
AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd
>
Response
TA sets a new password for the facility lock function.
OK
Maximum Response Time
5s
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
SIM (lock SIM/UICC card) (SIM/UICC asks password in MT power-up and when
this lock command issued)
"AO"
BAOC (Barr All Outgoing Calls, refer to 3GPP TS 22.088 clause 1)
"OI"
BOIC (Barr Outgoing International Calls, refer to 3GPP TS 22.088 clause 1)
"OX"
BOIC-exHC (Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country, refer to
3GPP TS 22.088 clause 1)
"AI"
BAIC (Barr All Incoming Calls, refer to 3GPP TS 22.088 clause 2)
"IR"
BIC-Roam (Barr Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country, refer
to 3GPP TS 22.088 clause 2)
"AB"
All barring services (refer to 3GPP TS 22.030, applicable only for <mode>=0)
"AG"
All outgoing barring services (refer to 3GPP TS 22.030, applicable only for
<mode>=0)
"AC
All incoming barring services (refer to 3GPP TS 22.030, applicable only for
<mode>=0)
"P2"
SIM PIN2
<pwdlength> Integer type, max length of password
<oldpwd>
Password specified for the facility from the user interface or with command.
<newpwd>
New password
<fac>
"SC"
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
72 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Example
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT+CPWD="SC","1234","4321"
OK
//Change SIM card password to "4321"
//Restart module or re-activate the SIM card
//Query PIN code is locked
AT+CPIN
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN="4321"
OK
+CPIN: READY
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
5.5. AT+CSIM
//PIN must be entered to define a new password "4321"
Generic SIM Access
AT+CSIM allows a direct control of the SIM that is installed in the currently selected card slot by a distant
application on the TE. The TE shall then keep the processing of SIM information within the frame
specified by GSM/UMTS.
AT+CSIM Generic SIM Access
Test Command
AT+CSIM=?
Write Command
AT+CSIM= <length>,<command>
Response
OK
Response
+CSIM: <length>,<response>
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
73 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
Integer type. Length of <command> or <response> string
Command transferred by the MT to the SIM in the format as described in
3GPP TS 51.011
Response to the command transferred by the SIM to the MT in the format as
described in 3GPP TS 51.011
<length>
<command>
<response>
5.6. AT+CRSM
Restricted SIM Access
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CRSM offers easy and limited access to the SIM database. It transmits the SIM <command> and its
required parameters to the MT.
AT+CRSM
Restricted SIM Access
Test Command
AT+CRSM=?
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+CRSM=<command>[,<fileld>[,<P1
>,<P2>,<P3>[,<data>][,<pathld>]]]
Response
+CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<command>
<fileId>
<P1>, <P2>, <P3>
USIM command number
176
READ BINARY
178
READ RECORD
192
GET RESPONSE
214
UPDATE BINARY
220
UPDATE RECORD
242
STATUS
Integer type; identifier for an elementary data file on USIM, if used by
<command>
Integer type; parameters transferred by the MT to the SIM. These parameters
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
74 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
are mandatory for every command, except GET RESPONSE and STATUS.
The values are described in 3GPP TS 51.011
Information which shall be written to the SIM (hexadecimal character fomat;
refer to +CSCS)
Contains the directory path of an elementary file on a UICC in hexadecimal
format
Integer type; information from the SIM about the execution of the actual
command. These parameters are delivered to the TE in both cases, on
successful or failed execution of the command
Response of a successful completion of the command previously issued
(hexadecimal character format; refer +CSCS). STATUS and GET
RESPONSE return data, which gives information about the current
elementary data field. This information includes the type of file and its size
(refer 3GPP TS 51.011). After READ BINARY, READ RECORD or
RETRIEVE DATA command the requested data will be returned. <response>
is not returned after a successful UPDATE BINARY, UPDATE RECORD or
SET DATA command
<data>
<pathId>
<sw1>, <sw2>
<response>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
5.7. AT+QCCID
Show ICCID
AT+QCCID returns the ICCID (Integrated Circuit Card Identifier) number of the SIM card.
AT+QCCID Show ICCID
Test Command
AT+QCCID=?
Execution Command
AT+QCCID
Response
OK
Response
+QCCID: <iccid>
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
Example
AT+QCCID
+QCCID: 898600220909A0206023
300ms
//Query ICCID of the SIM card
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
75 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5.8. AT+QFUN
Set Phone Extended Functionality
AT+QFUN can be used to perform a power up/down to the SIM card. “OK” will be returned immediately.
Host can judge it works or not from querying +CPIN? or other commands and URCs about SIM card.
AT+QFUN Set Phone Extended Functionality
Test Command
AT+ QFUN=?
Response
+QFUN: (5,6)
OK
Write Command
AT+QFUN=<op>
Response
OK
ERROR
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<op>
NOTES
300ms
Operation
5 Perform a power down to the SIM card
6 Perform a power up to the SIM card
1. If you want to use +QFUN to swap SIM card, there should be some time delay after power down or
power up SIM card. The delay time is recommended as 5 seconds at least.
2. It is not recommended to swap SIM card fleetly or frequently.
Example
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK
AT+QFUN=5
OK
//Perform a power down to the SIM/USIM card
+CPIN: NOT READY
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
76 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+CPIN?
+CME ERROR: SIM not inserted
AT+QFUN=6
//Perform a power down to the SIM/USIM card
OK
+CPIN: READY
//If it is a USIM
+QUSIM: 1
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: READY
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
5.9. AT+QINISTAT
Query Status of SIM Card Initialization
AT+QINISTAT is used to query status of SIM/USIM card initialization.
AT+QINISTAT
Query Status of SIM Card Initialization
Test Command
AT+QINISTAT=?
Response
+QINISTAT: (0-7)
OK
Execution Command
AT+QINISTAT
Response
+QINISTAT: <status>
OK
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<status>
300ms
Status of SIM card initialization. Actual value is the sum of several of the following four
kinds (e.g. 7=1+2+4 means CPIN READY&SMS DONE&PHB DONE)
0
Initial state
1
CPIN READY. Operation like lock/unlock PIN is allowed
2
SMS initialization complete
4
Phonebook initialization complete
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
77 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5.10. AT+QPIN2
Query/Unlock SIM PIN2/PUK2
AT+QPIN2 is used to query or unlock SIM PIN2/PUK2.
AT+QPIN2
Query/Unlock SIM PIN2/PUK2
Test Command
AT+QPIN2=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+QPIN2?
Response
+QPIN2: <code>
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Write Command
AT+QPIN2=<pin>[,<newpin>]
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<code>
<pin>
<new pin>
5s
READY
MT is not pending for SIM PIN2/PUK2
SIM PIN2
MT is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given
SIM PUK2
MT is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given
Password (string type). If the requested password is a PUK, then <pin> must be followed
by <new pin>
New password (string type) if the requested code is a PUK
5.11. AT+QPINC
Display PIN Remainder Counter
AT+QPINC can query the number of attempts left to enter the password of SIM PIN/PUK.
AT+QPINC
Display PIN Remainder Counter
Test Command
AT+QPINC=?
Response
+QPINC: ("SC","P2")
OK
Read Command
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
Confidential / Released
78 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+QPINC?
+QPINC: "SC", <pincounter>,<pukcounter>
+QPINC: "P2", <pincounter>,<pukcounter>
OK
Write Command
AT+QPINC=<facility>
Response
+QPINC: <facility>,<pincounter>,<pukcounter>
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<facility>
<pincounter>
<pukcounter>
300ms
“SC”
SIM PIN
“P2”
SIM PIN2
Number of attempts left to enter the password of PIN
Number of attempts left to enter the password of PUK
5.12. AT+QSIMDET SIM Card Detection
AT+QSIMDET enables SIM/USIM card hotswap function. SIM/USIM card is detected by GPIO interrupt.
You should also set the level of SIM/USIM detecting pin when the SIM card is inserted. This command
can be saved by AT&W.
AT+QSIMDET SIM Card Detection
Test Command
AT+QSIMDET=?
Response
+QSIMDET: (0,1),(0,1)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSIMDET?
Response
+QSIMDET: <enable>,<insert_level>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSIMDET=<enable>,<insert_level
>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
79 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
Switch on or off detecting SIM/USIM card
0 Off
1 On
The level of SIM detection pin when a SIM card is inserted
0 Low level
1 High level
<enable>
<insert_level>
NOTE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Hotswap function is invalid if the configured value of <insert_level> is inconsistent with hardware design.
Example
//If SIM/USIM detection pin level is low when SIM/USIM card inserted
AT+QSIMDET=1,0
OK
<Remove SIM/USIM card>
+CPIN: NOT READY
<Insert SIM/USIM card>
+CPIN: READY
5.13. AT+QSIMSTAT
//If PIN1 of the SIM/USIM card is unlocked
SIM Inserted Status Report
AT+QSIMSTAT can query SIM/USIM inserted status or enable SIM/USIM inserted status report. The
configuration of this command can be saved by AT&W.
AT+QSIMSTAT SIM Inserted Status Report
Test Command
AT+QSIMSTAT=?
Response
+QSIMSTAT: (0,1)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSIMSTAT?
Response
+QSIMSTAT: <enable>,<inserted_status>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSIMSTAT=<enable>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
OK
ERROR
Confidential / Released
80 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
Enable or disable SIM/USIM inserted status report. If it is enabled, when SIM/USIM
card removes or inserts, the URC: +QSIMSTAT: <enable>,<inserted_status> will
be reported.
0
Disable
1
Enable
<inserted_status> SIM/USIM is inserted or removed. This argument is not allowed to be set.
0
Removed
1
Inserted
2
Unknown, before SIM initialization
<enable>
Example
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+QSIMSTAT?
+QSIMSTAT: 0,1
OK
AT+QSIMDET=1,0
OK
AT+QSIMSTAT=1
OK
AT+QSIMSTAT?
+QSIMSTAT: 1,1
OK
//Query SIM/USIM inserted status
//Enable SIM/USIM inserted status report
<Remove SIM/USIM card>
+QSIMSTAT : 1,0
//Report of SIM/USIM inserted status: removed
+CPIN: NOT READY
AT+QSIMSTAT?
+QSIMSTAT: 1,0
OK
<Insert SIM/USIM card>
+QSIMSTAT : 1,1
//Report of SIM/USIM inserted status: inserted
+CPIN: READY
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
81 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
6
Network Service Commands
6.1. AT+COPS
Operator Selection
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+COPS returns the current operators and their status and allows to set automatic or manual network
selection.
AT+COPS
Operator Selection
Test Command
AT+COPS=?
Response
TA returns a set of five parameters, each representing an
operator present in the network. Any of the formats may be
unavailable and should then be an empty field. The list of
operators shall be in order: home network, networks
referenced in SIM and other networks.
+COPS: (list of supported<stat>, long alphanumeric <oper>,
short alphanumeric <oper>, numeric <oper>s)[,< Act>])s]
[,,(list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <format>s )]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Read Command
AT+COPS?
Response
TA returns the current mode and the currently selected
operator. If no operator is selected, <format>, <oper> and
<Act> are omitted.
+COPS: <mode>[,<format>[,<oper>][,<Act>]]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+COPS=
<mode>[,<format>[,<oper>[,<Act>]]]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
TA forces an attempt to select and register the GSM/UMTS
network operator. If the selected operator is not available, no
other operator shall be selected (except <mode>=4). The
Confidential / Released
82 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
format of selected operator name shall apply to further read
commands (+COPS?).
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
180s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<stat>
<oper>
<mode>
<format>
<Act>
Example
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
0
Unknown
1
Operator available
2
Operator current
3
Operator forbidden
Operator in format as per <mode>
0
Automatic mode; <oper> field is ignored
1
Manual operator selection; <oper> field shall be present and <Act> optionally
2
Manual deregister from network
3
Set only <format> (for read Command +COPS?), do not attempt
registration/deregistration (<oper> and <Act> fields are ignored); this value is not
applicable in read command response
4
Manual/automatic selected, <oper> field shall be presented; if manual selection
fails, automatic mode (<mode>=0) is entered
0
Long format alphanumeric <oper>; can be up to 16 characters long
1
Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2
Numeric <oper>; GSM location area identification number
Access technology selected
0
GSM
2
UTRAN
3
GSM W/EGPRS
4
UTRAN W/HSDPA
AT+COPS=?
//List all current network operators
+COPS:
(2,"CHN-UNICOM","UNICOM","46001",2),(1,"CHN-UNICOM","UNICOM","46001",0),(3,"CHINA
MOBILE","CMCC","46000",0),,(0,1,2,3,4),(0,1,2)
OK
AT+COPS?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Query the currently selected network operator
Confidential / Released
83 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
+COPS: 0,0,"CHN-UNICOM",0
OK
6.2. AT+CREG
Network Registration
AT+CREG returns the network registration status. The write command sets whether or not to present
URC.
AT+CREG
Network Registration
Test Command
AT+CREG=?
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Response
+CREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CREG?
Response
TA returns the status of result code presentation and an
integer <stat> which shows whether the network has
currently indicated the registration of the ME. Location
information elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only when
<n>=2 and ME is registered in the network.
+CREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<Act>]]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CREG=<n>
Response
TA controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code
+CREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the ME
network registration status.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<n>
0
1
2
Disable network registration unsolicited result code
Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>
Enable network registration unsolicited result code with location information
+CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<Act>]]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
84 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
0
Not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to register to
1
Registered, home network
2
Not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to register to
3
Registration denied
4
Unknown
5
Registered, roaming
String type, two bytes location area code in hexadecimal format
String type, two bytes cell ID in hexadecimal format
<stat>
<lac>
<ci>
Access technology selected
0
GSM
2
UTRAN
<Act>
Example
AT+CREG=1
OK
+CREG: 1
AT+CREG=2
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//URC reports that ME has registered
//Activates extended URC mode
+CGREG: 1,"D504","08043799",2
6.3. AT+CSQ
//URC reports that operator has found location area code and cell ID
Signal Quality Report
AT+CSQ indicates the received signal strength <rssi> and the channel bit error rate <ber>.
AT+CSQ
Signal Quality Report
Test Command
AT+CSQ=?
Response
+CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s),(list of supported <ber>s)
OK
Response
+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>
Execution Command
AT+CSQ
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
+CME ERROR: <err>
Execution Command returns received signal strength
indication <rssi> and channel bit error rate <ber> from the
ME. Test Command returns values supported by the TA.
Confidential / Released
85 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<rssi>
<ber>
Example
0
-113 dBm or less
1
-111 dBm
2...30
-109... -53 dBm
31
-51 dBm or greater
99
Not known or not detectable
According to 3GPP TS 27.007 [47], the <rssi> value is not applicable to 3G networks.
Yet, with a view to employing +CSQ for all networks has been designed to show a
<rssi> value derived from the 3G specific RSCP parameter is shown by AT+QENG .
Nevertheless, please note that connection quality in 3G networks is depending on
further factors. For example, despite good <rssi> or RSCP values for signal quality,
data throughput may vary depending on the number of subscribers sharing the same
cell. Please get details by +QENG
Channel bit error rate (in percent)
0...7
As RXQUAL values in the table in 3GPP TS 45.008 subclause 8.2.4
99
Not known or not detectable
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CSQ=?
+CSQ: (0-31,99),(0-7,99)
OK
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 28,0
OK
NOTES
//Query the current signal strength indication is 28 and channel bit error rate is 0
After using network related commands such as +CCWA, +CCFC, users are advised to wait for 3s before
entering AT+CSQ. This is recommended to ensure that any network access required for the preceding
command has finished.
6.4. AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List
AT+CPOL edits and queries the list of the preferred operators.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
86 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+CPOL Preferred Operator List
Response
+CPOL: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported
<format>s)
Test Command
AT+CPOL=?
OK
Read Command
AT+CPOL?
Response
Query the list of the preferred operators:
+CPOL:
<index>,<format>,<oper>[,<GSM>,<GSM_compact,<UTR
AN>]
<index>,<format>,<oper>[,<GSM>,<GSM_compact,<UTR
AN>]
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
[…]
OK
Response
Edit the list of the preferred operators
Write Command
AT+CPOL=
<index>[,<format>[,<oper>[<GSM>,<
GSM_compact>,<UTRAN>]]]
OK
ERROR
If the <index> is given but the <operator> is left out, the
entry is deleted.
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
Integer type; the order number of operator in the SIM/USIM preferred operator list
0
Long format alphanumeric <oper>
1
Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2
Numeric <oper>
<oper>
String type; <format> indicates if the format is alphanumeric or numeric (see +COPS)
<GSM>
GSM access technology
0
Access technology is not selected
1
Access technology is selected
<GSM_Compact>
GSM compact access technology
0
Access technology is not selected
1
Access technology is selected
<UTRAN> UTRAN access technology
<index>
<format>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
87 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
0
1
Access technology is not selected
Access technology is selected
6.5. AT+COPN
Read Operator Names
The AT+COPN command returns the list of operator names from the ME. Each operator code
<numericn> that has an alphanumeric equivalent <alphan> in the ME memory is returned.
AT+COPN Read Operator Names
Test Command
AT+COPN=?
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+COPN
Response
+COPN: <numeric1>,<alpha1>
[+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2>
[…]]
OK
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the number of operator names
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
String type; operator in numeric format (see +COPS)
String type; operator in long alphanumeric format (see +COPS)
<numericn>
<alphan>
6.6. AT+CTZU
Automatic Time Zone Update
This set command enables and disables automatic time zone update via NITZ. The configuration is stored
to NV automatically.
AT+CTZU
Automatic Time Zone Update
Test Command
AT+CTZU=?
Response
+CTZU: (0,1)
OK
Write Command
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
Confidential / Released
88 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+CTZU=<on_off>
OK
ERROR
Read Command
AT+CTZU?
Response
+CTZU: <on_off>
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<onoff>
Example
AT+CTZU?
+CTZU: 0
OK
AT+CTZU=?
+CTZU: (0,1)
OK
AT+CTZU=10
ERROR
AT+CTZU=1
OK
AT+CTZU?
+CTZU: 1
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Integer type, indicates the mode of automatic time zone update
0
Disable automatic time zone update via NITZ.
1
Enable automatic time zone update via NITZ
6.7. AT+CTZR
Time Zone Reporting
This command controls the time zone reporting of changed event. If reporting is enabled the MT returns
the unsolicited result code +CTZV: <tz>or +CTZE: <tz>,<dst>,<time> whenever the time zone is
changed. The configuration is stored to NV automatically.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
89 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+CTZR
Time Zone Reporting
Test Command
AT+CTZR=?
Response
+CTZR: (0-2)
OK
Write Command
AT+CTZR=<reporting>
Response
OK
ERROR
Read Command
AT+CTZR?
Response
+CTZR: <reporting>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<reporting>
<tz>
<dst>
<time>
Integer type, indicates the mode of time zone reporting
0
Disable time zone reporting of changed event
1
Enable time zone reporting of changed event by unsolicited result code
+CTZV: <tz>
2
Enable extended time zone reporting by unsolicited result code
+CTZE: <tz>,<dst>,<time>
String type, represents the sum of the local time zone (difference between the local
time and GMT is expressed in quarters of an hour) plus daylight saving time. The
format is "±zz", expressed as a fixed width, two digit integer with the range -48 ... +56.
To maintain a fixed width, numbers in the range -9 ... +9 are expressed with a leading
zero, e.g. "-09", "+00" and "+09"
Integer type, indicates whether <tz> includes daylight savings adjustment
0
<tz> includes no adjustment for Daylight Saving Time
1
<tz> includes +1 hour (equals 4 quarters in <tz>) adjustment for daylight
saving time
2
<tz> includes +2 hours (equals 8 quarters in <tz>) adjustment for daylight
saving time
String type, represents the local time. The format is "YYYY/MM/DD,hh:mm:ss",
expressed as integers representing year (YYYY), month (MM), date (DD), hour (hh),
minute (mm) and second (ss). This parameter can be provided by the network when
delivering time zone information and will be presented in the unsolicited result code of
extended time zone reporting if provided by the network
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
90 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Example
AT+CTZR=2
OK
AT+CTZR?
+CTZR: 2
OK
+CTZE: +32,0,2013/08/23,06:51:13
//<reporting> is 2
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
6.8. AT+QLTS
Obtain the Latest Network Time Synchronization
AT+QLTS is used to obtain the latest network time synchronization.
AT+QLTS
Obtain the Latest Network Time Synchronization
Test Command
AT+QLTS=?
Execution Command
AT+QLTS
Response
OK
Response
Execution Command
synchronization:
+QLTS: <time>,<ds>
returns latest time
for Network
OK
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<time>
<ds>
300ms
String type. Format is "YYYY/MM/DD,hh:mm:ss±zz", indicates year (two last digits),
month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in
quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT; range -48...+56). E.g. 6th of May
2004, 22:10:00 GMT+2 hours
Daylight saving time. It is zero equals to "04/05/06,22:10:00+08,0"
Example
AT+QLTS
+QLTS: "13/08/23,06:51:13+32,0"
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
91 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
7
Call Related Commands
7.1. ATA Answer an Incoming Call
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
ATA connects the module to an incoming voice or data call indicated by a "RING" URC.
ATA Answer an Incoming Call
Execution Command
ATA
Response
TA sends off-hook to the remote station.
Response in case of data call, if successfully connected
CONNECT<text> TA switches to data mode.
Note: <text> output only if ATX<value> parameter setting
with the <value> >0.
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
Response in case of voice call, if successfully connected:
OK
Response if no connection:
NO CARRIER
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
NOTES
1.
2.
3.
90s, determined by network.
Any additional commands on the same command line are ignored.
This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution. The aborting is
not possible during some states of connection establishment such as handshaking.
See also ATX.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
92 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Example
RING
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,"02154450290",129
OK
ATA
OK
//A voice call is ringing
//Accept the voice call with ATA
7.2. ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial a Number
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
ATD can be used to set up outgoing voice and data calls. Supplementary Services can also be controlled
with ATD.
ATD
Mobile Originated Call to Dial a Number
Execution Command
ATD<n>[<mgsm>][;]
Response
This command can be used to set up outgoing voice, data or
FAX calls. It also serves to control supplementary services.
If no dial tone and (parameter setting ATX2 or ATX4):
NO DIALTONE
If busy and (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4):
BUSY
If a connection cannot be established:
NO CARRIER
If connection is successful and non-voice call.
CONNECT<text> TA switches to data mode.
<text> output only if ATX<value> parameter setting with the
<value> >0
When TA returns to command mode after call release:
OK
If connection is successful and voice call:
OK
Maximum Response Time
5s, determined by network (AT+COLP=0).
Reference
V.25ter
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
93 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<n>
<mgsm>
<;>
NOTES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
String of dialing digits and optionally V.25ter modifiers
Dialing digits: 0-9, * , #, +, A, B, C
Following V.25ter modifiers are ignored: ,(comma), T, P, !, W, @
String of GSM modifiers:
I
Actives CLIR (Disable presentation of own number to called party)
i
Deactivates CLIR (Enable presentation of own number to called party)
G
Activates closed user group invocation for this call only
g
Deactivates closed user group invocation for this call only
Only required to set up voice call, return to command state
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
This command may be aborted generally by receiving an ATH command or a character during
execution. The aborting is not possible during some states of connection establishment such as
handshaking.
Parameter "I" and "i" only if no *# code is within the dial string.
See ATX command for setting result code and call monitoring parameters.
Responses returned after dialing with ATD
For voice call two different responses mode can be determined. TA returns “OK” immediately either
after dialing was completed or after the call was established. The setting is controlled by AT+COLP.
Factory default is AT+COLP=0, which causes the TA returns “OK” immediately after dialing was
completed, otherwise TA will return “OK”, “BUSY”, “NO DIAL TONE”, “NO CARRIER”.
Using ATD during an active voice call:
 When a user originates a second voice call while there is already an active voice call, the first
call will be automatically put on hold.
 The current states of all calls can be easily checked at any time by using the AT+CLCC
command.
Example
ATD10086;
OK
7.3. ATH
//Dialing out the party’s number
Disconnect Existing Connection
ATH disconnects circuit switched data call
call.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
94 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
ATH
Disconnect Existing Connection
Execution Command
ATH[n]
Response
Disconnect existing call by local TE from command line and
terminate call.
OK
Maximum Response Time
90s, determined by network.
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<n>
0
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Disconnect from line and terminate call
7.4. AT+CVHU
Voice Hang Up Control
AT+CVHU controls whether ATH can be used to disconnect the voice call.
AT+CVHU Voice Hang Up Control
Test Command
AT+CVHU=?
Response
+CVHU: (list of supported<mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CVHU?
Response
+CVHU: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CVHU=<mode>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<mode>
0
1
ATH is disconnected
ATH is ignored but "OK" response is returned
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
95 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
7.5. AT+CHUP Hang Up Call
AT+CHUP cancels all voice calls in the state of Active, Waiting and Held. For data connections, use ATH.
AT+CHUP Hang Up Call
Test Command
AT+CHUP=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CHUP
Response
OK
ERROR
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Reference
3GPP 27.007
Example
RING
AT+CHUP
OK
7.6. +++
90s, determined by network.
//Incoming call
//Hang up call
Switch From Data Mode to Command Mode
The +++ character sequence causes the module to switch from data mode to AT command mode. It
allows inputting AT commands while maintaining the data connection with the remote device.
+++
Switch From Data Mode to Command Mode
Execution Command
+++
Response
This command is only available during TA is in data mode.
The“+++” character sequence causes the TA to cancel the
data flow over the AT interface and switch to command mode.
This allows you to enter AT command while maintaining the
data connection with the remote server or, accordingly, the
GPRS connection.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
96 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
NOTES
1. To prevent the“+++” escape sequence from being misinterpreted as data, it should comply to following
sequence:
 Do not input any character within T1 time (1000ms) before inputting “+++”.
 Input “+++” within 1000ms, and no other characters can be inputted during this time.
 Do not input any character within T1 time (1000ms) after “+++” has been inputted.
 Switch to command mode, otherwise return to step 1.
2. To return from command mode back to data mode: Enter ATO
 Another way to change to command mode is through DTR, refer to AT&D command for details.
7.7. ATO
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Switch From Command Mode to Data Mode
ATO resumes the connection and switches back from command mode to data mode.
ATO
Switch From Command Mode to Data Mode
Execution Command
ATO[n]
Response
TA resumes the connection and switches back from
command mode to data mode.
If connection is not successfully resumed:
NO CARRIER
else
TA returns to data mode from command mode CONNECT
<text>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<n>
0
Switch from command mode to data mode
NOTE
TA returns to data mode from command mode CONNECT <text>,<text> only if ATX parameter is set as
value>0.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
97 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
7.8. ATS0
Set Number of Rings before Automatically Answering Call
ATS0 controls automatic answering mode for the incoming calls.
ATS0
Set Number of Rings Before Automatically Answering Call
Read Command
ATS0?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS0=<n>
Response
This parameter setting determines the number of rings before
auto-answer.
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<n>
NOTE
000
001-255
300ms
Automatic answering is disabled
Enable automatic answering on the ring number specified
If <n> is set too high, the calling party may hang up before the call is answered automatically.
Example
ATS0=3
OK
RING
//Set three rings before automatically answering a call
//Call coming
RING
RING
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Automatically answering the call after three rings
Confidential / Released
98 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
7.9. ATS6
Set Pause Before Blind Dialing
ATS6 is implemented for compatibility reasons only, and has no effect.
ATS6
Set Pause Before Blind Dialing
Read Command
ATS6?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS6=<n>
Response
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<n>
000-002-010
7.10. ATS7
300ms
Number of seconds to wait before blind dialing
Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Connection Completion
ATS7 specifies the amount of time to wait for the connection completion in case of answering or
originating a call. If no connection is established during this time, the module disconnects from the line.
ATS7
Set Number of Seconds to Wait for Connection Completion
Read Command
ATS7?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS7=<n>
Maximum Response Time
Response
This parameter setting determines the amount of time to wait
for the connection completion in case of answering or
originating a call.
OK
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
99 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
000
001-255
<n>
7.11. ATS8
Disabled
Number of seconds to wait for connection completion
Set the Number of Seconds to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier
ATS8 is implemented for compatibility reasons only, and has no effect.
ATS8
Set the Number of Seconds to Wait for Comma Dial Modifier
Read Command
ATS8?
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
ATS8=<n>
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
000
001-002-255
<n>
7.12. ATS10
300ms
No pause when comma encountered in dial string
Number of seconds to wait
Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data
Carrier
ATS10 determines the amount of time, which the UE remains connected in absence of a data carrier.
ATS10
Set Disconnect Delay after Indicating the Absence of Data Carrier
Read Command
ATS10?
Response
<n>
OK
Write Command
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
Confidential / Released
100 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
ATS10=<n>
This parameter setting determines the amount of time that the
TA will remain connected in absence of data carrier. If the
data carrier is once more detected before disconnection, the
TA remains connected.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
V.25ter
Parameter
<n>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
001-015-254 Number of tenths of seconds to wait before disconnecting after UE has indicated
the absence of received line signal
7.13. AT+CBST Select Bearer Service Type
AT+CBST write command selects the bearer service <name>, the data rate <speed> and the connection
element <ce> to be used when data calls are originated.
AT+CBST Select Bearer Service Type
Test Command
AT+CBST=?
Response
+CBST: (list of supported <speed>s) ,(list of supported
<name>s) ,(list of supported <ce>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CBST?
Response
+CBST: <speed>,<name>,<ce>
OK
Write Command
AT+CBST=[<speed>[,<name>[,<ce>]]]
Response
TA selects the bearer service <name> with data rate
<speed>, and the connection element <ce> to be used when
data calls are originated.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
101 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<speed>
0
7
12
14
16
17
39
43
48
51
71
75
80
81
83
84
<name>
<ce>
Automatic speed selection
9600 bps (V.32)
9600 bps (V.34)
14400 bps (V.34)
28800 bps (V.34)
32000 bps (V.34)
9600 bps (V.120)
14400 bps (V.120)
28800 bps (V.120)
56000 bps (V.120)
9600 bps (V.110)
14400 bps (V.110)
28800 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
38400 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
56000 bps (V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing; this setting can be used in conjunction with
asynchronous non-transparent UDI or RDI service in order to get FTM84 64000
bps (X.31 flag stuffing; this setting can be used in conjunction with asyn-chronous
non-transparent UDI service in order to get FTM)
64000 bps (X.31 flag stuffing; this setting can be used in conjunction with
asynchronous non-transparent UDI service in order to get FTM )
64000 bps (bit transparent)
64000 bps (multimedia)
Asynchronous Modem
Synchronous Modem
Asynchronous Modem (RDI)
Transparent
Non-transparent
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
116
134
0
1
4
0
1
Table 4: Parameters Configurations Supported by AT+CBST
<speed>
GSM
WCDMA
SYNC.
ASYNC.
ASYNC.
(RDI)
TRANSP.
NONTRANSP.
0
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
7
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
12
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
14
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
16
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
102 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
17
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
39
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
43
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
48
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
51
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
71
Y
N
N
Y
N
N
Y
75
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
80
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
81
Y
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
83
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
N
Y
84
N
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
116
N
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
134
N
Y
Y
N
N
Y
N
NOTE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
3GPP TS 22.002 lists the allowed combinations of the sub-parameters.
7.14. AT+CSTA Select Type of Address
AT+CSTA write command selects the type of number for further dialing commands ATD according to
3GPP Technical Specifications. Test command returns values supported a compound value.
AT+CSTA Select Type of Address
Test Command
AT+CSTA=?
Response
+CSTA: (list of supported <type>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSTA?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
+CSTA: <type>
Confidential / Released
103 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
Write Command
AT+CSTA=<type>
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<type>
Current address type setting.
129
Unknown type
145
International type (contains the character "+")
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
7.15. AT+CLCC
List Current Calls of ME
The execution command returns the list of all current calls. If the command is executed successfully, but
no calls are existed, no information but OK response is sent to the TE.
AT+CLCC
List Current Calls of ME
Test Command
AT+CLCC=?
Execution Command
AT+CLCC
Response
OK
Response
TA returns a list of current calls of ME. If command execute
successfully but no calls are existed, no information but OK
response is sent to TE.
[+CLCC:
<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type>[,<
alpha>]]
[+CLCC: <id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,
<number>,<type>[,<alpha>]]
[...]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
300ms
Confidential / Released
104 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
Integer type; call identification number as described in 3GPP TS 22.030 sub clause 4.5.5.1;
this number can be used in AT+CHLD command operations
<dir>
0
Mobile originated (MO) call
1
Mobile terminated (MT) call
<stat>
State of the call
0
Active
1
Held
2
Dialing (MO call)
3
Alerting (MO call)
4
Incoming (MT call)
5
Waiting (MT call)
<mode>
Bearer/tele service
0
Voice
1
Data
2
FAX
<mpty>
0
Call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties
1
Call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties
<number> Phone number in string type in format specified by <type>
<type>
Type of address of octet in integer format(Refer to 3GPP TS 24.008 , sub clause 10.5.4.7
for details). Usually, it has three kinds of values:
129
Unknown type
145
International type(contains the character "+")
161
National type
<alpha>
Alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook
<idx>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
7.16. AT+CR
Service Reporting Control
AT+CR controls the module whether or not to transmit an intermediate result code +CR: <serv> to the TE
when a call is being set up.
If it is enabled, an intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during connect negotiation at which
the TA has determined which speed and quality of service will be used, before any error control or data
compression reports are transmitted, and before any final result code (e.g. CONNECT) is transmitted.
AT+CR Service Reporting Control
Test Command
AT+CR=?
Response
+CR: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
105 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Read Command
AT+CR?
Response
+CR: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CR=[<mode>]
Response
TA controls whether or not intermediate result code +CR:
<serv> is returned from the TA to the TE when a call set up.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<mode>
<serv>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
0
1
ASYNC
SYNC
REL ASYNC
REL SYNC
GPRS
7.17. AT+CRC
Disable
Enable
Asynchronous transparent
Synchronous transparent
Asynchronous non-transparent
Synchronous non-transparent
GPRS
Set Cellular Result Codes for Incoming Call Indication
AT+CRC controls whether or not to use the extended format of incoming call indication.
When it is enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code +CRING: <type>
instead of the normal RING.
AT+CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for Incoming Call Indication
Test Command
AT+CRC=?
Response
+CRC: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CRC?
Response
+CRC: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CRC=[<mode>]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
TA controls whether or not the extended format of incoming
Confidential / Released
106 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
call indication is used.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<mode>
<type>
0
1
ASYNC
SYNC
REL ASYNC
REL SYNC
FAX
VOICE
Example
AT+CRC=1
OK
Disable extended format
Enable extended format
Asynchronous transparent
Synchronous transparent
Asynchronous non-transparent
Synchronous non-transparent
Facsimile
Voice
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Enable extended format
+CRING: VOICE
ATH
OK
AT+CRC=0
OK
//Indicate incoming call to the TE
RING
ATH
OK
//Indicate incoming call to the TE
//Disable extended format
7.18. AT+CRLP Select Radio Link Protocol Parameter
AT+CRLP write command sets radio link protocol (RLP) parameters used when non-transparent data
calls are originated.
AT+CRLP Select Radio Link Protocol Parameter
Test Command
AT+CRLP=?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
TA returns values supported. RLP (Radio Link Protocol)
Confidential / Released
107 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
versions 0 and 1 share the same parameter set. TA returns
only one line for this set (where <ver> is not present).
+CRLP:
(list of supported <iws>s),(list of supported <mws>s),(list of
supported <T1>s),(list of supported <N2>s),
<ver>
(list of supported <iws>s),(list of supported <mws>s),(list of
supported <T1>s),(list of supported <N2>s),
<ver>
(list of supported <iws>s),(list of supported <mws>s),(list of
supported <T1>s),(list of supported <N2>s),
<ver>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Read Command
AT+CRLP?
Response
TA returns current settings for RLP version. RLP versions 0
and 1 share the same parameter set. TA returns only one line
for this set (where <ver> is not present).
+CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>,<ver>
+CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>,<ver>
+CRLP: <iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>,<ver>
OK
Write Command
AT+CRLP=[<iws>[,<mws>[,<T1>[,<N2
>[,<ver>]]]]]
Response
TA sets radio link protocol (RLP) parameters used when
non-transparent data calls are set up.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS27.007
Parameter
<iws>
<mws>
<T1>
<N2>
<ver>
0-61
0-240-488
0-61
0-240-488
38-48-255
42-52-255
1-6-255
0-2
Interworking window size (IWF to MS)
For <ver>=2
Mobile window size(MS to IWF)
For <ver>=2
Acknowledgment timer T1 in a unit of 10ms
For <ver>=2
Retransmission attempts N2
RLP version number in integer format
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
108 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
7.19. AT+QECCNUM
Configure Emergency Call Numbers
AT+QECCNUM can be used to query, add and delete ECC numbers (emergency call numbers). There
are two kinds of ECC numbers, ECC numbers without SIM and ECC numbers with SIM. The default ECC
numbers without SIM is 911, 112, 00, 08, 110, 999, 118 and 119. The default ECC number with SIM is 911
and 112. 911 and 112 will always be supported as ECC numbers, and cannot be deleted. ECC numbers
can be saved into NV automatically. If the SIM card contains ECC File, the numbers in ECC File can also
be regarded as ECC numbers.
The maximal supported ECC numbers of each type is 20.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+QECCNUM
Configure Emergency Call Numbers
Test Command
AT+QECCNUM=?
Response
+QECCNUM: (0-3)
OK
Write Command
AT+QECCNUM=<mode>,<type>[,<ecc
num1>[,<eccnum2>,…[,<eccnumN>]]
]
Response
If <mode> is equal to 0, query the ECC numbers,
<eccnumN> should be omitted, return:
+QECCNUM: <type>,<eccnum1>,<eccnum2>[…]
OK
If <mode> is not equal to 0: <mode>=1 is used to add the
ECC number; <mode>=2 is used to delete the ECC number.
In this case, at least one ECC number <eccnumN> should be
inputted, return:
OK
ERROR
If <mode>=3 is used to replace the ECC number chosen by
<type>. In this case, at least one ECC number <eccnumN>
should be inputted, returns:
OK
ERROR
Read Command
AT+QECCNUM?
Response
+QECCNUM: 0,<eccnum1>,<eccnum2>[…]
+QECCNUM: 1,<eccnum1>,<eccnum2>[…]
OK
Maximum Response Time
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
300ms
Confidential / Released
109 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
ECC number operation mode
0 Query ECC numbers
1 Add ECC numbers
2 Delete ECC numbers
3 Replace ECC numbers
ECC number type
0 ECC numbers without SIM
1 ECC numbers with SIM
String type; ECC numbers( e.g.110,119)
<mode>
<type>
<eccnum>
Example
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+QECCNUM=?
+QECCNUM: (0-3)
//Query all the supported ECC number operation mode.
OK
AT+QECCNUM?
//Query all the ECC numbers without SIM or with SIM
+QECCNUM: 0, "112","911","00","08","110","999","118","119"
+QECCNUM: 1, "112","911"
OK
AT+QECCNUM=0,1
+QECCNUM: 1, "112","911"
//Query all the ECC numbers with SIM
OK
AT+QECCNUM=1,1,"110", "234" //Add "110" and "234" into the type of ECC numbers with SIM
OK
AT+QECCNUM=0,1
//Query all the ECC numbers with SIM
+QECCNUM: 1, "112","911","110","234"
OK
AT+QECCNUM=2,1,"110"
//Delete "110" from the type of ECC numbers with SIM
OK
AT+QECCNUM=0,1
//Query all the ECC numbers with SIM
+QECCNUM: 1, "112","911","234"
OK
AT+QECCNUM?
//Query all the ECC numbers with SIM
+QECCNUM: 0,"911","112","00","08","110","999","118","119"
+QECCNUM: 1,"112","911","229","222"
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
110 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+QECCNUM=3,1,"189","147" //Replace ECC numbers to 189 and 147 from the type which with SIM
OK
AT+QECCNUM?
//Query all the ECC numbers with SIM
+QECCNUM: 0,"911","112","00","08","110","999","118","119"
+QECCNUM: 1,"112","911","189","147"
OK
AT+QECCNUM=2,1
//Delete all ECC numbers from the type which with SIM
OK
AT+QECCNUM?
//Query all the ECC numbers with SIM
+QECCNUM: 0,"911","112","00","08","110","999","118","119"
+QECCNUM: 1,"112","911"
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
7.20. AT+QHUP Hang Up Call with a Specific Release Cause
AT+QHUP can terminate call(s) with a specific 3GPP TS 24.008 release cause specified by host
(Including voice and data calls).
AT+QHUP Hang Up Call with a Specific Release Cause
Test Command
AT+QHUP=?
Response
OK
Write Command
AT+QHUP=<cause>[,<idx>]
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<cause>
90s, determined by network.
Release cause, 3GPP TS 24.008 release cause to be indicated to the network
1
Release cause "unassigned (unallocated) number"
16
Release cause "normal call clearing"
17
Release cause "user busy"
18
Release cause "no user responding"
21
Release cause "call rejected"
27
Release cause "destination out of order"
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
111 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<idx>
31
Release cause "normal, unspecified"
88
Release cause "incompatible destination"
Call identification number is an optional index in the list of current calls indicated by
+CLCC. +QHUP will terminate the call identified by the given call number. The default
call number 0 is not assigned to any call, but signifies all calls
0
Terminate all known calls. However, if circuit switches data calls and
voice calls at the same time, this command only terminates the CSD
calls
1…7
Terminate the specific call with identification number
Example
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+QHUP=?
//Test Command
OK
ATD10010;
//Dial10010
OK
ATD10086;
//Dial10086
OK
AT+CLCC
//Query the status of calls
+CLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,"10010",129
+CLCC: 2,0,0,0,0,"10086",129
OK
AT+QHUP=17,1
//Terminate call of which call ID is 1. Disconnect cause is "user busy"
OK
AT+CLCC
//Query the status of calls
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"10086",129
OK
AT+QHUP=16
OK
AT+CLCC
OK
//Terminate all existed calls. Disconnect cause is "normal call clearing"
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
112 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
8
Phonebook Commands
8.1. AT+CNUM
Subscriber Number
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CNUM can get the subscribers own number(s) from the SIM.
AT+CNUM
Subscriber Number
Test Command
AT+CNUM=?
Response
OK
Execution Command
AT+CNUM
Response
[+CNUM: [<alpha>], <number>,<type>]
[+CNUM: [<alpha>], <number>,<type>]
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Reference
3GPP 27.007
Parameter
<alpha>
<number>
<type>
300ms
Optional alphanumeric string associated with <number>; the used character set
should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set +CSCS
String type phone number of format specified by <type>
Type of address of octet in integer format (Refer to 3GPP TS 24.008, subclause
10.5.4.7 for details). Usually, it has three kinds of values:
129
Unknown type
145
International type(contains the character "+")
161
National type
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
113 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
8.2. AT+CPBF
Find Phonebook Entries
AT+CPBF can search the phonebook entries starting with the given <findtext> string from the current
phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS, and return all found entries sorted in alphanumeric
order.
AT+CPBF Find Phonebook Entries
Test Command
AT+CPBF=?
Response
+CPBF: <nlength>,<tlength>
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Write Command
AT+CPBF=<findtext>
Response
[+CPBF: <index>,<number>,<type>,<text>]
[…]
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Reference
3GPP 27.007
Parameter
<nlength>
<tlength>
<findtext>
<index>
<type>
<text>
Depends on the storage of phonebook entries.
Integer type, indicates the maximum length of field <number>
Integer type, indicates the maximum length of field <text>
String type, field of maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by
+CSCS
Integer type, in the range of location numbers of phone book memory
Type of address of octet in integer format (Refer to 3GPP TS 24.008, subclause
10.5.4.7 for details). Usually, it has three kinds of values:
129
Unknown type
145
International type(contains the character "+")
161
National type
String type, field of maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by
+CSCS
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
114 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
8.3. AT+CPBR
Read Phonebook Entries
AT+CPBF can return phonebook entries in location number range <index1>... <index2> from the current
phonebook memory storage selected with +CPBS. If <index2> is left out, only location <index1> is
returned.
AT+CPBR Read Phonebook Entries
Test Command
AT+CPBR=?
Response
+CPBR: (list of supported <index>s),<nlength>,<tlength>
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Write Command
AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<index2>]
Response
+CPBR: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>
[+CPBR: <index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>
[…]]
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Reference
3GPP 27.007
Parameter
<index>
<nlength>
<tlength>
<index1>
<index2>
<type>
<text>
Depends on the storage of phonebook entries.
Integer type, in the range of location numbers of phone book memory
Integer type, indicates the maximum length of field <number>
Integer type, indicates the maximum length of field <text>
The first phone book record to read
The last phonebook record to read
Type of address of octet in integer format (Refer to 3GPP TS 24.008, subclause
10.5.4.7 for details). Usually, it has three kinds of values:
129
Unknown type
145
International type(contains the character "+")
161
National type
String type, field of maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by
+CSCS
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
115 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
8.4. AT+CPBS
Select Phonebook Memory Storage
AT+CPBS selects phonebook memory storage, which is used by other phonebook commands. Read
command returns currently selected memory, and number of used locations and total number of locations
in the memory when supported by manufacturer. Test command returns supported storages as compound
value.
AT+CPBS
Select Phonebook Memory Storage
Test Command
AT+CPBS=?
Response
+CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Read Command
AT+CPBS?
Response
+CPBS: <storage>,<used>,<total>
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CPBS=<storage>
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Reference
3GPP 27.007
300ms
Parameter
<storage>
"SM"
"DC"
"FD"
"LD"
"MC"
"ME"
SIM phonebook
ME dialed calls list (+CPBW may not be applicable on this storage)
SIM fix dialing-phone book (+CPBW operation need the authority of PIN2)
SIM last-dialing-phone book (+CPBW may not be applicable on this storage)
ME missed (unanswered) calls list(+CPBW may not be applicable on this storage)
Mobile equipment phonebook
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
116 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<used>
<total>
"RC"
ME received calls list (+CPBW may not be applicable on this storage)
"EN"
SIM (or ME) emergency number (+CPBW may not be applicable on this storage)
"ON"
SIM own numbers (MSISDNs) list
Integer type, indicates the total number of used locations in selected memory
Integer type, indicates the total number of locations in selected memory
8.5. AT+CPBW
Write Phonebook Entry
AT+CPBW writes phonebook entry in location number <index> in the current phonebook memory storage
selected with +CPBS. It can also delete a phonebook entry in location number <index>.
AT+CPBW
Test Command
AT+CPBW=?
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Write Phonebook Entry
Response
+CPBW: (The range of supported <index>s), <nlength>, (list
of supported <type>s), <tlength>
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<number>[,<ty
pe>[,<text>]]]
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Reference
3GPP 27.007
Parameter
<index>
<nlength>
<tlength>
<type>
300ms
Integer type, in the range of location numbers of phone book memory. If <index> is not
given, the first free entry will be used. If <index> is given as the only parameter, the
phonebook entry specified by <location> is deleted
Integer type, indicates the maximum length of field <number>
Integer type, indicates the maximum length of field <text>
Type of address of octet in integer format (Refer to 3GPP TS 24.008, subclause
10.5.4.7 for details). Usually, it has three kinds of values:
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
117 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<text>
129
Unknown type
145
International type(contains the character "+")
161
National type
String type field of maximum length <tlength> in current TE character set specified by
+CSCS
Example
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CPBW=10,"15021012496",129,"QUECTEL"
OK
//Make a new phonebook entry at location 10
AT+CPBW=10
//Delete entry at location 10
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
118 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
9
Short Message Service Commands
9.1. AT+CSMS
Select Message Service
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CSMS selects message service <service> and returns the types of messages supported by the ME.
AT+CSMS Select Message Service
Test Command
AT+CSMS=?
Response
+CSMS: (list of supported <service>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSMS?
Response
+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSMS=<service>
Response
+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm>
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<service>
Type of message service
0
3GPP TS 23.040 and 3GPP TS 23.041 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is
compatible with 3GPP TS 27.005 Phase 2 version 4.7.0; Phase 2+ features
which do not require new command syntax may be supported, e.g. correct
routing of messages with new Phase 2+ data coding schemes)
1
3GPP TS 23.040 and 3GPP TS 23.041 (the syntax of SMS AT commands is
compatible with 3GPP TS 27.005 Phase 2+ version; the requirement of
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
119 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<mt>
<mo>
<bm>
<service> setting
description-s)
Mobile terminated messages
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported
Mobile originated messages
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported
Broadcast type messages
0
Type not supported
1
Type supported
Example
1
is
mentioned
under
corresponding
command
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Test command
AT+CSMS=?
+CSMS: (0,1)
OK
AT+CSMS=1
+CSMS: 1,1,1
//Set type of message service as 1
OK
AT+CSMS?
+CSMS: 1,1,1,1
OK
//Read command
9.2. AT+CMGF Message Format
AT+CMGF specifies the input and output format of the short messages. <mode> indicates the format of
messages used with send, list, read and write commands and unsolicited result codes resulting from
received messages.
Mode can be either PDU mode (entire TP data units used) or text mode (headers and body of the
messages given as separate parameters). Text mode uses the value of parameter <chset> specified by
command +CSCS to inform the character set to be used in the message body in the TA-TE interface.
AT+CMGF
Message Format
Test Command
AT+CMGF=?
Response
+CMGF: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
120 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Read Command
AT+CMGF?
Response
+CMGF: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGF[=<mode>]
Response
TA sets parameter to denote which kind of I/O format of
messages is used.
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<mode>
0
1
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
PDU mode
Text mode
9.3. AT+CSCA Service Center Address
AT+CSCA write command updates the SMSC address when mobile originated SMS are transmitted. In
text mode, the setting is used by write commands. In PDU mode, setting is used by the same commands,
but only when the length of the SMSC address is coded into the <pdu> parameter which equals to zero.
AT+CSCA Service Center Address
Test Command
AT+CSCA=?
Read Command
AT+CSCA?
Response
OK
Response
+CSCA: <sca>,<tosca>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]
Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
121 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<sca>
<tosca>
Service center address. 3GPP TS 24.011 RP SC address Address-Value field in string
format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to
characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command +CSCS in
3GPP TS 27.007 ); type of address is given by <tosca>
Type of service center address. 3GPP TS 24.011 RP SC address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format (default refer to <toda>)
Example
AT+CSCA="+8613800210500",145
OK
AT+CSCA?
+CSCA: "+8613800210500",145
OK
//Set SMS service center address
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
9.4. AT+CPMS
//Query SMS service center address
Preferred Message Storage
AT+CPMS selects memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3> for reading and writing and so on.
AT+CPMS Preferred Message Storage
Test Command
AT+CPMS=?
Response
+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s),(list of supported
<mem2>s),(list of supported <mem3>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CPMS?
Response
+CPMS:
<mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2>,<m
em3>,<used3>,<total3>
OK
Write Command
AT+CPMS=<mem1>[,<mem2>[,<mem
3>]]
Response
TA selects memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and
<mem3> to be used for reading, writing, etc.
+CPMS:
<used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<total3>
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
122 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<mem1>
<mem2>
<mem3>
<usedx>
<totalx>
<totalx>
Example
Messages to be read and deleted from this memory storage
"SM"
SIM message storage
"ME"
Mobile Equipment message storage
"MT"
Same as "ME" storage
Messages will be written and sent to this memory storage
"SM"
SIM message storage
"ME"
Mobile equipment message storage
"MT"
Same as "ME" storage
Received messages will be placed in this memory storage if routing to PC is not set
("+CNMI")
"SM"
SIM message storage
"ME"
Mobile equipment message storage
"MT"
Same as "ME" storage
Integer type, number of current messages in <memx>
Integer type, total number of messages which can be stored in <memx>
Integer type, number of messages storable in <memx>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CPMS="SM","SM","SM"
+CPMS: 0,50,0,50,0,50
OK
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM",0,50,"SM",0,50,"SM",0,50
OK
9.5. AT+CMGD
//Set SMS message storage as “SM”
//Query the currently SMS message storage
Delete Message
AT+CMGD deletes a short message from the preferred message storage <mem1> location <index>. If
<delflag> is presented and not set to 0, then the ME shall ignore <index> and follow the rules of
<delflag> shown as below.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
123 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+CMGD Delete Message
Test Command
AT+CMGD=?
Response
+CMGD: (list of supported <index>s),(list of supported
<delflag>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]
Response
TA deletes message from preferred message storage
<mem1> location <index>.
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR:<err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms.
Note: Operation of <delflag> depends on the storage of
deleted messages.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<index>
<delflag>
Integer type, in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
0
Delete message specified in <index>
1
Delete all read messages from <mem1> storage, leaving unread messages and
stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not) untouched
2
Delete all read messages from <mem1> storage and sent mobile originated
messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile originated messages
untouched
3
Delete all read messages from <mem1> storage, sent and unsent mobile
originated messages, leaving unread messages untouched
4
Delete all messages from <mem1> storage
Example
AT+CMGD=1
OK
AT+CMGD=1,4
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Delete message specified in <index>=1
//Delete all messages from <mem1> storage
Confidential / Released
124 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
9.6. AT+CMGL List Messages
AT+CMGL write command returns messages with status value <stat> from preferred message storage
<mem1> to the TE. If the status of the message is "REC UNREAD", the status in the storage changes to
"REC READ". When executing command AT+CMGL without status value <stat>, it will report the list of
SMS with “REC UNREAD” status.
AT+CMGL List Messages
Test Command
AT+CMGL=?
Response
+CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Write Command
AT+CMGL=<stat>
Response
If text mode (+CMGF=1) and command successful:
For SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs:
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>,<
length>]<CR><LF><data>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<da/oa>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>,<
length>]<CR><LF><data>[...]]
For SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st
>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st
>[...]]
For SMS-COMMANDs:
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[...]]
For CBM storage:
+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages><CR
><LF><data>[<CR><LF>
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><d
ata>[...]]
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
125 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Else if PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and Command successful:
+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pd
u><CR><LF>
+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,[alpha],<length><CR><LF><pdu>[...]]
OK
Else if error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Execution Command
AT+CMGL
Response
List all messages with "REC UNREAD" status from message
storage <mem1>, then status in the storage changes to "REC
READ".
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
300ms.
Note: Operation of <stat> depends on the storage of listed
messages.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<stat>
<index>
<da>
<oa>
<alpha>
In text mode:
"REC UNREAD"
Received unread messages
"REC READ"
Received read messages
"STO UNSENT"
Stored unsent messages
"STO SENT"
Stored sent messages
"ALL"
All messages
In PDU mode:
0
Received unread messages
1
Received read messages
2
Stored unsent messages
3
Stored sent messages
4
All messages
Integer type, in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
Destination Address.3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are
converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command
+CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007 ); type of address is given by <toda>
Originating address. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command +CSCS in
TS 27.007); type of address is given by <tooa>
String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
126 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<scts>
<toda>
<tooa>
<length>
<data>
<pdu>
found in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specified; the
used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set
+CSCS (see definition of this command in 3GPP TS 27.007)
Service center time stamp. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in
time-string format (refer to <dt>)
Type of recipient address. 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format.
Type of originating address. 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Originating-Address
Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer to <toda>)
Message length, integer type, indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length
of the message body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0),
the length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets
are not counted in the length)
In the case of SMS: 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format:
- If <dcs>, indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038 GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used and
<fo> indicates that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set
- If TE character set other than "HEX" (refer to command Select TE Character Set
+CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007 ): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE
character set according to rules of Annex A
- If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM 7 bit
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
default alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. character 
(GSM 7 bit default alphabet 23) is presented as 17 (IRA 49 and 55))
- If <dcs>, indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo>
indicates that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA
converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g.
octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and
65))
In the case of CBS: 3GPP TS 23.041 CBM Content of Message in text mode
responses; format:
If <dcs>, indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038 GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used:
If TE character set other than "HEX" (refer to command +CSCS in 3GPP
TS27.007 ): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set
according to rules of Annex A
If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of the GSM 7 bit
default alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
If <dcs>, indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA
converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
In the case of SMS: 3GPP TS 24.011 SC address followed by 3GPP TS 23.040 TPDU
in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA
character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to
TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
127 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Example
//Set SMS message format as text mode
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CMGL="ALL"
+CMGL: 1,"STO UNSENT","",,
//List all messages from message storage
<This is a test from Quectel>
+CMGL: 2,"STO UNSENT","",,
<This is a test from Quectel>
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
9.7. AT+CMGR
Read Message
AT+CMGR write command returns SMS message with location value <index> from message storage
<mem1> to the TE. If status of the message is "REC UNREAD", status in the storage changes to "REC
READ".
AT+CMGR Read Message
Test Command
AT+CMGR=?
Write Command
AT+CMGR=<index>
Response
OK
Response
TA returns SMS message with location value <index> from
message storage <mem1> to the TE. If status of the
message is "REC UNREAD", status in the storage changes to
"REC READ".
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1) and command is executed
successfully:
For SMS-DELIVER:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<
sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
OK
For SMS-SUBMIT:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp>],<
sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
128 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
For SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>
OK
For SMS-COMMANDs:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],<length><
CR><LF><cdata>]
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
For CBM storage:
+CMGR:
<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><dat
a>
OK
2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and command successful:
+CMGR: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
OK
3) If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the length of message content.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<index>
<stat>
<alpha>
Integer type, in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
PDU mode
Text mode
Explanation
0
"REC UNREAD"
Received unread messages
1
"REC READ"
Received read messages
2
"STO UNSENT"
Stored unsent messages
3
"STO SENT"
Stored sent messages
4
"ALL"
All messages
String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
129 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<da>
<oa>
<scts>
<fo>
<pid>
<dcs>
<vp>
<mn>
<mr>
<ra>
<tora>
<toda>
<tooa>
<sca>
<tosca>
<length>
found in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specified; the
used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set
+CSCS (see definition of this command in 3GPP TS 27.007 )
Destination address. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to
characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command +CSCS in
3GPP TS 27.007 ); type of address is given by <toda>
Originating address. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to
characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command +CSCS in TS
27.007); type of address is given by <tooa>
Service center time stamp. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in
time-string format (refer to <dt>)
First octet. Depending on the command or result code: First octet of 3GPP TS 23.040
SMS-DELIVER,
SMS-SUBMIT
(default
17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT,
or
SMS-COMMAND in integer format. If a valid value has been entered once, parameter
can be omitted
Protocol identifier. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default
0)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Data coding scheme. Depending on the command or result code: 3GPP TS 23.038
SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in
integer format
Validity period. Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: 3GPP TS 23.040
TP-Validity-Period either in integer format or in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
Message number. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Message-Number in integer format
Message reference. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
Recipient address. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to
characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command AT+CSCS.);
type of address given by <tora>
Type of recipient address. 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format (default refer <toda>)
Type of recipient address. 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format
Type of originating address.3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format (default refer to <toda>)
Service center address. 3GPP TS 24.011 RP SC address Address-Value field in string
format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to
characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command +CSCS in
3GPP TS 27.007 ); type of address is given by <tosca>
Type of service center address. 3GPP TS 24.011 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet
in integer format (default refer to <toda>)
Message length, integer type, indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the
message body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
130 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<data>
<pdu>
Example
+CMTI: "SM",3
length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are
not counted in the length)
In the case of SMS: 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format:
- If <dcs>, indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038 GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used and
<fo> indicates that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set:
- If TE character set other than "HEX" (refer to command Select TE Character Set
+CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007 ): ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE
character set according to rules of Annex A
- If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM 7 bit
default alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. character 
(GSM 7 bit default alphabet 23) is presented as 17 (IRA 49 and 55))
- If <dcs>, indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates
that 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each
8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer
value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)
In the case of CBS: 3GPP TS 23.041 CBM Content of Message in text mode
responses; format:
- If <dcs>, indicates that 3GPP TS 23.038 GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used:
- If TE character set other than "HEX" (refer command +CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007 ):
ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according rules of
Annex A
- If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of the GSM 7 bit
default alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
- If <dcs>, indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts
each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal number
In the case of SMS: 3GPP TS 24.011 SC address followed by 3GPP TS 23.040 TPDU
in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA
character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE
as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))3GPP TS 27.007
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Indicates that new message has been received and saved
to <index>=3 of “SM”
AT+CSDH=1
OK
AT+CMGR=3
//Read message
+CMGR: "REC UNREAD","+8615021012496",,"13/12/13 15:06:37+32",145,4,0,0,"+8
613800210500",145,27
<This is a test from Quectel>
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
131 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
9.8. AT+CMGS
Send Message
After invoking the
AT+CMGS write command sends a short message from TE to network (SMSwrite command, wait for the prompt ">" and then start to write the message. Then enter <CTRL-Z> to
indicate the ending of PDU and begin to send the message. Sending can be cancelled by giving <ESC>
character. Abortion is acknowledged with "OK", though the message will not be sent. The message
reference <mr> is returned to the TE on successful message delivery. The value can be used to identify
message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code.
AT+CMGS
Send Message
Test Command
AT+CMGS=?
Response
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Write Command
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]<CR>
text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
ESC quits without sending
2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0):
AT+CMGS=<length><CR>
PDU is given <ctrl-Z/ESC>
Response
TA sends message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT).
Message reference value <mr> is returned to the TE on
successful message delivery. Optionally (when +CSMS
<service> value is 1 and network supports) <scts> is
returned. Values can be used to identify message upon
unsolicited delivery status report result code.
If text mode (+CMGF=1) and sent successfully:
+CMGS: <mr>
OK
If PDU mode (+CMGF=0) and sent successfully:
+CMGS: <mr>
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
120s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<da>
<toda>
Destination address. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are
converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command
+CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007 ); type of address is given by <toda>
Type of recipient address. 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
132 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
octet in integer format
Message length. Integer type, indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the
message body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the
length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are
not counted in the length)
Message reference. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Message-Reference in integer format
<length>
<mr>
Example
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CMGS="15021012496"
//Set SMS message format as text mode
> <This is a test from Quectel>
//Enter in text, <CTRL+Z> sends message, <ESC>
quits without sending
+CMGS: 247
OK
//Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
9.9. AT+CMMS
More Messages to Send
AT+CMMS controls the continuity of the SMS relay protocol link. If the feature is enabled (and supported
by the currently used network) multiple messages can be sent faster as the link is kept open.
AT+CMMS
More Messages to Send
Test Command
AT+CMMS=?
Response
+CMMS: (list of supported<n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMMS?
Response
+CMMS: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMMS=<n>
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
133 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Maximum Response Time
120s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<n>
0
1
2
Feature disabled
Keep enabled until the time between the response of the latest message send command
(+CMGS, +CMSS, etc.) and the next send command exceeds 1-5 seconds (the exact value is
up to ME implementation), then ME shall close the link and TA switches <n> back to 0
automatically
Enable (if the time between the response of the latest message send command and the next
send command exceeds 1-5 seconds (the exact value is up to ME implementation), ME shall
close the link but TA will not switch <n> back to 0 automatically)
NOTE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
After the use of read command, a delay of 5-10 seconds is required before issuing the write command,
otherwise the "+CMS ERROR: 500" may appear.
9.10. AT+CMGW
Write Message to Memory
AT+CMGW write and execution commands store a short message (either SMS-DELIVER or
SMS-SUBMIT) from TE to memory storage <mem2>. Memory location <index> of the stored message is
returned. Message status will be set to "stored unsent" by default, but parameter <stat> also allows other
status values to be given.
The syntax of input text is same as the one specified in the write command +CMGS.
AT+CMGW
Test Command
AT+CMGW=?
Write Message to Memory
Write Command
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1):
AT+CMGW=<oa/da>[,<tooa/toda>[,<st
at>]]
<CR> text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
<ESC> quits without sending
Response
OK
Response
TA transmits SMS message (either SMS-DELIVER or
SMS-SUBMIT) from TE to memory storage <mem2>.
Memory location <index> of the stored message is returned.
By default message status will be set to 'stored unsent', but
parameter <stat> also allows other status values to be given.
If writing is successful:
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
134 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2) If PDU mode (+CMGF=0):
AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<CR>
PDU is given <ctrl-Z/ESC>
+CMGW: <index>
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<da>
<oa>
<tooa>
<toda>
<length>
<pdu>
<index>
Example
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Destination address. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to
characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command +CSCS in
3GPP TS 27.007 ); type of address is given by <toda>
Originating address. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to
characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command +CSCS in TS
27.007); type of address given by <tooa>
Type of originating address. 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format (default refer to <toda>)
Type of recipient address. 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format
Message length. Integer type, indicating in the text mode (+CMGF=1) the length of the
message body <data> (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (+CMGF=0), the
length of the actual TP data unit in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are
not counted in the length)
In the case of SMS: 3GPP TS 24.011 SC address followed by 3GPP TS 23.04TPDU in
hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character
long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two
characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65))
Index of message in selected storage <mem2>
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CMGW="15021012496"
//Set SMS message format as text mode
> <This is a test from Quectel>
//Enter in text, <CTRL+Z> writes message, <ESC> quits
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE
Confidential / Released
135 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
without sending
+CMGW: 4
OK
AT+CMGF=0
//Set SMS message format as PDU mode
OK
AT+CMGW=18
> 0051FF00000008000A0500030002016D4B8BD5
+CMGW: 5
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
9.11. AT+CMSS
Send Message From Storage
AT+CMSS write command sends message with location value <index> from message storage <mem2>
to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND). If new recipient address <da> is given for
SMS-SUBMIT, it shall be used instead of the one stored with the message.
AT+CMSS
Send Message From Storage
Test Command
AT+CMSS=?
Write Command
AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,<toda>]]
Response
OK
Response
TA sends message with location value <index> from
message storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT). If
new recipient address <da> is given, it shall be used instead
of the one stored with the message. Reference value <mr> is
returned to the TE on successful message delivery. Values
can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery
status report result code.
1) If text mode (+CMGF=1) and sent successfully:
+CMSS: <mr>[,<scts>]
OK
2) If PDU mode(+CMGF=0) and sent successfully;
+CMSS: <mr> [,<ackpdu>]
OK
3) If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
136 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Maximum Response Time
120s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<index>
<da>
<toda>
<mr>
<scts>
<ackpdu>
Example
Integer type, in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory
Destination Address. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field in
string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are
converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set (refer to command
+CSCS in 3GPP TS 27.007 ); type of address is given by <toda>
Type of recipient address. 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format
Message reference. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
Service center time stamp. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in
time-string format (refer to <dt>)
Format is same for <pdu> in case of SMS, but without 3GPP TS 24.011 SC address
field and parameter shall be bounded by double quote characters like a normal string
type parameter
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CMGW="15021012496"
> Hello
+CMGW: 4
OK
AT+CMSS=4
+CMSS: 54
//Set SMS message format as text mode
//Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE
//Enter in text, <CTRL+Z> sends message, <ESC> quits
without sending
//Send the message of index is 4 from memory storage.
OK
9.12. AT+CNMA New Message Acknowledgement to UE/TE
AT+CNMA write and execute command confirms successful receipt of a new message (SMS-DELIVER or
SMS-STATUS-REPORT) routed directly to the TE. If the UE does not receive acknowledgement within
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
137 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
the required time (net-work timeout), it will send a "RP-ERROR" message to the network. The UE will
automatically disable rout to the TE by setting both <mt> and <ds> values of AT+CNMI to 0.
AT+CNMA New Message Acknowledgement to UE/TE
Test Command
AT+CNMA=?
Response
+CNMA: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Execution Command
AT+CNMA
Response
OK
ERROR
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Write Command
AT+CNMA=<n>
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<n>
Parameter required only for PDU mode
0
Command operates similarly as in text mode
1
Send positive (RP-ACK) acknowledgement to the network. Accepted only in PDU mode
2
Send negative (RP-ERROR) acknowledgement to the network. Accepted only in PDU
mode
NOTE
Execute and write command shall only be used when AT+CSMS parameter <service> equals to 1 (phase
2+) and an appropriate URC has been issued by the module, i.e.:
+CMT for <mt>=2 incoming mess
+CMT for <mt>
+CDS for <ds>=1.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
138 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Example
AT+CSMS=1
OK
AT+CNMI=1,2,0,0,0
OK
+CMT: "+8615021012496",,"13/12/03,17:07:21+32",145,4,0,0,"+8613800551500",145,28
This is a test from Quectel.
//Short message is outputted directly when SMS is incoming.
AT+CNMA
//Send ACK to the network
OK
AT+ CNMA
+CMS ERROR:340
//The second time returns error, it needs ACK only once
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
9.13. AT+CNMI
SMS Event Reporting Configuration
AT+CNMI write command selects the procedure, how the received new messages from the network are
indicated to the TE when TE is active, e.g. DTR signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is OFF),
message receiving should be done as specified in 3GPP TS 23.038.
AT+CNMI
SMS Event Reporting Configuration
Test Command
AT+CNMI=?
Response
+CNMI: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<mt>s),(list of supported <bm>s),(list of supported
<ds>s),(list of supported <bfr>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CNMI?
Response
+CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
OK
Write Command
AT+CNMI[=<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds
>[,<bfr>]]]]]
Response
TA selects the procedure on how the received new messages
from the network are indicated to the TE when TE is active,
e.g. DTR signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is
OFF), receiving message should be done as specified in
3GPP TS 23.038.
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
139 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<mode>
<mt>
<bm>
<ds>
<bfr>
0
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code buffer is full, indications
can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded
and replaced with the new received indications
1
Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes
when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode). Otherwise forward them
directly to the TE
2
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in
on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward
them directly to the TE
The rules for storing received SMs depend on its data coding scheme (refer to 3G
PPTS 23.038 ), preferred memory storage (+CPMS) setting and the value is:
0
No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE
1
If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed
to the TE by using unsolicited result code: +CMTI: <mem>,<index>
2
SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2) are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited
result code: +CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled)
or
+CMT:<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,
<length>]<CR><LF><data> (Text mode enabled; about parameters in italics,
refer to Command Show Text Mode Parameters +CSDH). Class 2 messages
result in indication as defined in <mt>=1
3
Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE by using unsolicited
result
codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other classes result in indication as
defined in <mt>=1
The rules for storing received CBMs depend on its data coding scheme (refer to 3
GPP TS 23.038), the setting of Select CBM Types (+CSCB) and the value is:
0
No CBM indications are routed to the TE
2
New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code:
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode); or +CBM: <sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,
<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data> (text mode)
0
No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE
1
SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed directly to the TE
0
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the
TE when <mode> 1...2 is entered (“OK” response shall be given before flushing
the codes)
1
TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
140 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<mode> 1...2 is entered
NOTE
Unsolicited result code:
+CMTI: <mem>,<index>
+CMT: [<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
+CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu>
Example
Indicates that new message has been received
Short message is outputted directly
Cell broadcast message is outputted directly
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Set SMS message format as text mode
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
AT+CNMI=1,2,0,1,0
OK
//Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE
//Set SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE
+CMT: "+8615021012496",,"13/03/18,17:07:21+32",145,4,0,0,"+8613800551500",145,28
This is a test from Quectel.
//Short message is outputted directly when SMS is incoming
9.14. AT+CSCB
Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
AT+CSCB write command selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME. The command
writes the parameters in non-volatile memory.
AT+CSCB
Select Cell Broadcast Message Types
Test Command
AT+CSCB=?
Response
It returns supported modes as a compound value.
+CSCB: (list of supported <mode>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSCB?
Response
+CSCB: <mode>,<mids>,<dcss>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSCB=<mode>[,mids>[,<dcss>]]
Response
TA selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
141 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<mode>
<mids>
<dcss>
0
Message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are accepted
1
Message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are not accepted
String type, all different possible combinations of CBM message identifiers (refer to <mid>)
(default is empty string), e.g. "0,1,5,320-478,922"
String type, all different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes (refer to
<dcs>) (default is empty string), e.g. "0-3,5"
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
9.15. AT+CSDH
Show SMS Text Mode Parameters
AT+CSDH write command controls whether or not detailed header information is shown in text mode
result codes.
AT+CSDH Show SMS Text Mode Parameters
Test Command
AT+CSDH=?
Response
+CSDH: (list of supported <show>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSDH?
Response
+CSDH: <show>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSDH[=<show>]
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
142 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<show>
0
1
Do not show header values defined in commands +CSCA and +CSMP (<sca>,
<tosca>, <fo>, <vp>, <pid> and <dcs>) nor <length>, <toda> or <tooa> in
+CMT, +CMGL, +CMGR result codes for SMS-DELIVERs and SMS-SUBMITs in
text mode
Show the values in result codes
Example
AT+CSDH=0
OK
AT+CMGR=2
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
+CMGR: "STO UNSENT" ,"",
<This is a test from Quectel>
OK
AT+CSDH=1
OK
AT+CMGR=2
+CMGR: "STO UNSENT","",,128,17,0,0,143,"+8613800551500",145,18
<This is a test from Quectel>
OK
9.16. AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters
AT+CSMP is used to set values for additional parameters needed when a short message is sent to the
network or placed in a storage in text mode.
AT+CSMP Set SMS Text Mode Parameters
Test Command
AT+CSMP=?
Response
OK
Read Command
AT+CSMP?
Response
+CSMP: <fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,<dcs>]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
TA selects values for additional parameters needed when SM
Confidential / Released
143 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
]]]
is sent to the network or placed in a storage when text mode
is selected (+CMGF=1). It is possible to set the validity period
starting from when the SM is received by the SMSC (<vp> is
in range 0... 255) or define the absolute time of the validity
period termination (<vp> is a string).
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.005
Parameter
<fo>
<vp>
<pid>
<dcs>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
First octet. Depending on the command or result code: First octet of 3GPP TS 23.040
SMS-DELIVER,
SMS-SUBMIT
(default
17),
SMS-STATUS-REPORT
and
SMS-COMMAND in integer format. If a valid value has been entered once, parameter
can be omitted
Validity period. Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: 3GPP TS 23.040
TP-Validity-Period either in integer format or in time-string format (refer to <dt>)
Protocol identifier. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0).
Data coding scheme. Depending on the command or result code: 3GPP TS 23.038
SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in
integer format
9.17. AT+QCMGS Send Concatenated Messages
AT+QCMGS is used to send concatenated massages. When sending a concatenated message, which is
different from AT+CMGS, each segment of the concatenated message must be identified by the
additional parameters: <uid>,<msg_seg> and <msg_total>. When sending all segments of the message
one by one, AT+QCMGS must be executed multiple times (equal to <msg_total>) for each segment. This
command is only used in text mode (AT+CMGF=1).
AT+QCMGS Send Concatenated Messages
Test Command
AT+QCMGS=?
Write Command
If text mode (+CMGF=1):
AT+QCMGS=<da>[,<toda>][,<uid>,<m
sg_seg>,<msg_total>]<CR>
text is entered
<ctrl-Z/ESC>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
OK
Response
If text mode (+CMGF=1) and sent successfully:
+QCMGS: <mr>
OK
ERROR
Confidential / Released
144 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
120s, determined by network.
Parameter
Message identification in the user data header (UDH). Range from 0 to 255. This
parameter is defined and inputted by the user. All segments of a same
concatenated message must have the same <uid>. Different concatenated
messages should have different <uid>
<msg_seg>
Sequence number of a concatenated message. Range from 0 to 7
<msg_seg>=0 means: ignore the value and regarded it as a non-concatenated
message
<msg_total>
The total number of the segments of one concatenated message. Range from 0 to
7. <msg_total>=0 or 1 means: ignore the value and regard it as a
non-concatenated message
<da> ,<toda>,<mr> Please refer to AT+CMGS
<uid>
NOTES
1.
2.
3.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
For concatenated messages, the maximum length will be reduced by the length of the user data
header (UDH). 3GPP TS 23.040 defines two kinds of UDH length: 6 bytes and 7 bytes, because the
two kinds of <uid> are 8 bit and 16 bit. AT+QCMGS uses 8 bit <uid>. So:
 In the case of GSM 7 bit default alphabet data coding scheme, the maximum length of each
segment of a concatenated message is (140 octets - 6 )*8/7=153 characters.
 In the case of 16 bit UCS2 data coding scheme, the maximum length of each segment is
(140-6)/2=67 characters.
 In the case of 8-bit data coding scheme, the maximum length of each segment is 140-6=134.
<mr>, Message-Reference field gives an integer representation of a reference number of the
SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND submitted to the SC by the MS, and it is used to confirm the
SMS-DELIVER received from SC duplicate or not. <uid>, the field of UDH, is message identification
of the concatenated SMS, which is different from <mr>. Each segment in a concatenated message
should have the same <uid>, but <mr> must be incremented for each segment of a concatenated
message.
AT+QCMGS doesn't support to send message in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0).
Example
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSCS= "GSM"
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Set SMS message format as text mode
//Set character set as GSM which is used by the TE
Confidential / Released
145 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
AT+QCMGS= "15056913384",120,1,2 <CR>
//Input 120 for <uid>,send the first segment of the
//Concatenated SMS
>ABCD<Ctrl-Z>
+QCMGS: 190
OK
AT+QCMGS= "15056913384",120,2,2 <CR>
>EFGH<Ctrl-Z>
+QCMGS: 191
OK
//Send the second segment of the concatenated SMS
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
9.18. AT+QCMGR Read Concatenated Messages
The function of AT+QCMGR is similar to AT+CMGR, except that the message to be read is a segment of
concatenated messages, parameters: <uid>,<msg_seg> and <msg_total> would be show in the result.
You should concatenate several segments to a whole concatenated message according to these three
parameters. Similar to AT+QCMGS, and AT+QCMGR is only used in text mode (AT+CMGF=1).
AT+QCMGR
Test Command
AT+QCMGR=?
Read Concatenated Messages
Write Command
AT+QCMGR=<index>
Response
OK
Response
If text mode (+CMGF=1) and command is executed
successfully:
For SMS-DELIVER:
+QCMGR:
<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<
sca>,<tosca>,<length>][,<uid>,<msg_seg>,<msg_total>]
<CR><LF><data>
OK
For SMS-SUBMIT:
+QCMGR:
<stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp>],<
sca>,<tosca>,<length>][,<uid>,<msg_seg>,<msg_total>]
<CR><LF><data>
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
146 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
For SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
+QCMGR:
<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>
OK
For SMS-COMMANDs:
+QCMGR:
<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],<length><
CR><LF><cdata>]
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Else If error is related to ME functionality:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
<uid>
<msg_seg>
<msg_total>
NOTES
Depends on the length of message content.
Message identification in the user data header(UDH). Range from 0 to 65535 (see
NOTES). All segments of a same concatenated message have same <uid>.
Different concatenated messages should have different <uid>
Sequence number of a concatenated message. Range from 1 to 7
The total number of the segments of one concatenated message. Range is from 2
to 7
Other parameters please refer to AT+CMGR
1. The <uid> in AT+QCMGR is different from the <uid> in AT+QCMGS. It is possible that UE receives
concatenated messages with 8 bits or 16 bits <uid>. So its maximal value is 255 with 8 bits and
65535 with 16 bits.
2. If the message to be read is not a concatenated message, <uid>,<msg_seg> and <msg_total>
would not be showed in the result.
Example
+CMTI: "ME",3
//The first message of a concatenated message comes
+CMTI: "ME",4
//The second message of a concatenated message comes
AT+QCMGR= 3
//Read the first segment of the concatenated message
+QCMGR: "REC UNREAD","+8615056913384",,"13/07/30,14:44:37+32",120,1,2
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
147 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
ABCD
OK
AT+QCMGR= 4
//Read the second segment of the concatenated message
+QCMGR: "REC UNREAD","+8615056913384",,"13/07/30,14:44:37+32",120,2,2
EFGH
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
148 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
10
Packet Domain Commands
10.1. AT+CGATT
Attachment or Detachment of PS
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
The AT+CGATT write command is used to attach the MT to, or detach the MT from the Packet Domain
service. After the command has completed, the MT remains in V.25ter command state. If the MT is
already in the requested state, the command is ignored and the OK response will be returned. If the
requested state cannot be achieved, an ERROR or +CME ERROR response is returned.
AT+CGATT
Attachment or Detachment of PS
Test Command
AT+CGATT=?
Response
+CGATT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGATT?
Response
+CGATT: <state>
OK
Write Command
AT+CGATT=<state>
Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
75s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<state>
Indicates the state of PS attachment
0
Detached
1
Attached
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Write Command
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
149 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Example
//Attach to PS service
AT+CGATT=1
OK
AT+CGATT=0
OK
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
//Detach from PS service
//Query the current PS service state
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
10.2. AT+CGDCONT
Define PDP Context
AT+CGDCONT specifies PDP context parameters for a specific context <cid>. A special form of the write
command (AT+CGDCONT=<cid>) causes the values for context <cid> to become undefined. It is not
The AT+CGDCONT read command returns the current settings for each defined PDP context.
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP Context
Test Command
AT+CGDCONT=?
Response
+CGDCONT: (range of supported <cid>s), <PDP_type>,
<APN>, <PDP_addr>, (list of supported <data_comp>s),
(list of supported <head_comp>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGDCONT?
Response
+CGDCONT:
<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<data_comp>,<h
ead_comp>
[…]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[,<PDP_type>[,<
APN>[,<PDP_addr>[,<data_comp>[,<
head_comp>]]]]]
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
150 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<cid>
<PDP_type>
<APN>
<PDP_addr>
<data_comp>
<head_comp>
PDP context identifier, a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context
definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP
context-related commands. The range of permitted values (minimum value=1) is
returned by the test form of the command
Packet data protocol type, a string parameter which specifies the type of packet data
protocol
“IP”
Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)
“PPP”
“IPV6”
“IPV4V6”
Access point name, a string parameter that is a logical name that is used to select the
GGSN or the external packet data network. If the value is null or omitted, then the
subscription value will be requested
A string parameter identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. If the
value is null of omitted, then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup
procedure or, failing that, a dynamic address will be requested. The allocated address
may be read using the +CGPADDR command
A numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression (applicable for SNDCP only)
(refer to 3GPP TS 44.065)
0
Off (default if value is omitted)
1
On (manufacturer preferred compression)
2
V.42bis
3
V.44
A numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression (refer to 3GPP TS 44.065
and 3GPP TS 25.323)
0
Off
1
On
2
RFC1144
3
RFC2507
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
10.3. AT+CGQREQ
Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
AT+CGQREQ allows the TE to specify a quality of service profile that is used when the MT activates a
PDP context.
The write command specifies a profile for the context <cid>
AT+CGQREQ=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined. The
read command returns the current settings for each defined context. Details can be found in 3GPP TS
23.107 and all of parameters save in NV automatically.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
151 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+CGQREQ
Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
Test Command
AT+CGQREQ=?
Response
+CGQREQ: <PDP_type>,
(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),
(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),
(list of supported <mean>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGQREQ?
Response
[+CGQREQ:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,>reliability>,<peak>,<mean
>]
[+CGQREQ:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean
>]
[…]
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Write Command
AT+CGQREQ=<cid>[,<precedence>[,
<delay>[,<reliability>[,<peak>[,<mean
>]]]]]
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<cid>
<PDP_type>
<precedence>
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command)
Packet Data Protocol type
"IP"
Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)
"PPP"
"IPV6"
"IPV4V6"
A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class
0
Network subscribed value
1
High priority
mitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence
classes 2 and 3
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
152 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2
<delay>
<reliability>
<peak>
<mean>
Normal priority. Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of
precedence class 3
3
A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class. This parameter defines the
end-to-end transfer delay incurred in the transmission of SDUs through the network.
For the detail please refer to Table 5: Delay Class
0
Network subscribed value
A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class
0
Network subscribed value
1
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that cannot cope with data
loss
2
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with infrequent
data loss
3
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss,
GMM/SM, and SMS
4
Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
5
Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class, in octets per second.
0
Network subscribed value
1
Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s)
2
Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s)
3
Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s)
4
Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s)
5
Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s)
6
Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s)
7
Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s)
8
Up to 128 000 (1024 kbit/s)
9
Up to 256 000 (2048 kbit/s)
A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class, in octets per hour
0
Network subscribed value
1
100 (~0.22 bit/s)
2
200 (~0.44 bit/s)
3
500 (~1.11 bit/s)
4
1 000 (~2.2 bit/s)
5
2 000 (~4.4 bit/s)
6
5 000 (~11.1 bit/s)
7
10 000 (~22 bit/s)
8
20 000 (~44 bit/s)
9
50 000 (~111 bit/s)
10
100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s)
11
200 000 (~0.44 kbit/s)
12
500 000(~1.11 kbit/s)
13
1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s)
14
2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
153 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
15
16
17
18
31
5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s)
10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s)
20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s)
50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s)
Best effort
Table 5: Delay Class
SDU Size
128 octets
1024 octets
Delay Class
Mean Transfer Delay
95 Percentile
1 (Predictive)
<0.5
<1.5
2 (Predictive)
<5
<25
3 (Predictive)
<50
<250
4 (Best Effort)
Unspecified
-
1 (Predictive)
<0.5
<1.5
2 (Predictive)
<5
<25
3 (Predictive)
<50
<250
4 (Best Effort)
Unspecified
-
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
10.4. AT+CGQMIN
Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
AT+CGQMIN allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the MT against
the negotiated profile when the PDP context is activated. The write command specifies a profile for the
context identified by the context identification parameter <cid>.
A special form of the write command, AT+CGQMIN=<cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for
context number <cid> to become undefined. In this case no check is made against the negotiated profile.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context. Details can be found in 3GPP
TS 23.107 and all of parameters save in NV automatically.
AT+CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
Test Command
AT+CGQMIN=?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>,
(list of supported <precedence>s),
(list of supported <delay>s),
Confidential / Released
154 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
(list of supported <reliability>s),
(list of supported <peak>s),
(list of supported <mean>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGQMIN?
Response
[+CGQMIN:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean
>]
[+CGQMIN:
<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>,<mean
>]
[…]
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Write Command
AT+CGQMIN=<cid>[,<precedence>[,<
delay>[,<reliability>[,<peak>[,<mean>
]]]]]
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<cid>
<PDP_type>
<precedence>
<delay>
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
+CGDCONT command)
Packet Data Protocol type
"IP"
Internet protocol (IETF STD 5)
"PPP"
"IPV6"
"IPV4V6"
A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class
0
Network subscribed value
1
High priority
precedence classes 2 and 3
2
Normal priority. Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of
precedence class 3
all be maintained
A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class. This parameter defines the
end-to-end transfer delay incurred in the transmission of SDUs through the
network
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
155 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<reliability>
<peak>
<mean>
For the detail please refer Table 5: Delay Class
0
Network subscribed value
A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class
0
Network subscribed value
1
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that cannot cope with
data loss
0
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with
infrequent data loss3
1
Non real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data
loss, GMM/SM, and SMS
4
Real-time traffic, error-sensitive application that can cope with data loss
5
Real-time traffic, error non-sensitive application that can cope with data
loss
A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class, in octets per
second
0
Network subscribed value
1
Up to 1 000 (8 kbit/s)
2
Up to 2 000 (16 kbit/s)
3
Up to 4 000 (32 kbit/s)
4
Up to 8 000 (64 kbit/s)
5
Up to 16 000 (128 kbit/s)
6
Up to 32 000 (256 kbit/s)
7
Up to 64 000 (512 kbit/s)
8
Up to 128 000 (1024 kbit/s)
9
Up to 256 000 (2048 kbit/s)
A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class, in octets per
hour
0
Network subscribed value
1
100 (~0.22 bit/s)
2
200 (~0.44 bit/s)
3
500 (~1.11 bit/s)
4
1 000 (~2.2 bit/s)
5
2 000 (~4.4 bit/s)
6
5 000 (~11.1 bit/s)
7
10 000 (~22 bit/s)
8
20 000 (~44 bit/s)
9
50 000 (~111 bit/s)
10
100 000 (~0.22 kbit/s)
11
200 000 (~0.44 kbit/s)
12
500 000(~1.11 kbit/s)
13
1 000 000 (~2.2 kbit/s)
14
2 000 000 (~4.4 kbit/s)
15
5 000 000 (~11.1 kbit/s)
16
10 000 000 (~22 kbit/s)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
156 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
17
18
31
10.5. AT+CGEQREQ
20 000 000 (~44 kbit/s)
50 000 000 (~111 kbit/s)
Best effort
3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
AT+CGEQREQ allows the TE to specify a UMTS Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT
activates a PDP context. Details can be found in 3GPP TS 23.107 and all of parameters save in NV
automatically.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CGEQREQ
3G Quality of Service Profile (Requested)
Test Command
AT+CGEQREQ=?
Response
+CGEQREQ: <PDP_type>,
(list of supported <Traffic class>s),
(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),
(list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s),
(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),
(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),
(list of supported <Delivery order>s),
(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s),
(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),
(list of supported <Residual bit error ratio>s),
(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),
(list of supported <Transfer delay>s),
(list of supported <Traffic handling priority>s),
(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s),
(list of supported <Signalling indication>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGEQREQ?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
[+CGEQREQ: <cid>,
<Traffic class>,
<Maximum bitrate UL>,
<Maximum bitrate DL>,
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,
<Delivery order>,
<Maximum SDU size>,
<SDU error ratio>,
<Residual bit error ratio>,
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,
<Transfer delay>,
Confidential / Released
157 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<Traffic handling priority>,
<Source statistics descriptor>,
<Signalling indication>]
[...]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGEQREQ=[<cid>[,<Traffic
class>[,<Maximum bitrate UL>
[,<Maximum bitrate DL>
[,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>
[,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>
[,<Delivery order>
[,<Maximum SDU size>
[,<SDU error ratio>
[,<Residual bit error ratio>
[,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>
[,<Transfer delay>
[,<Traffic handling priority>
[,<Source statistics descriptor>
[,<Signalling indication>]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<cid>
<PDP_type>
<Traffic class>
PDP context identifier, a numeric parameter which specifies a particular
PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands. The range of permitted
values (minimum value=1) is returned by the test form of the command
Packet data protocol type, a string parameter which specifies the type of
packet data protocol
“IP”
Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)
"PPP"
"IPV6"
"IPV4V6"
The following parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 23.107
Integer type, indicates the type of application for which the UMTS bearer
service is optimized (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5). If the
Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming, then the
Guaranteed and Maximum bitrate parameters should also be provided
0
Conversational
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
158 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
1
Streaming
2
Interactive
3
Background
4
Subscribed value
<Maximum bitrate UL> Integer type, indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS
(up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bit rate of 32kbit/s would be
specified as '32' (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=…,32, …)
0
Subscribed value
1~5760
<Maximum bitrate DL>
Integer type, indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS
(down-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be
specified as '32' (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=…,32, …)
0
Subscribed value
1~21600
<Guaranteed bitrate UL> Integer type, indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS
(up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an
example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as '32' (e.g.
T+CGEQREQ=…,32, …)
0
Subscribed value
1~5760
<Guaranteed bitrate DL> Integer type, indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS
(down-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an
example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as '32' (e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=…,32, …)
0
Subscribed value
1~21600
<Delivery order>
Integer type, indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence
SDU delivery or not (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
No
1
Yes
2
Subscribed value
<Maximum SDU size>
Integer type, (1,2,3,…) indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets.
If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
Subscribed value
10...1520
(value needs to be divisible by 10 without remainder)
1502
<SDU error ratio>
String type, indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or
detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic.
The value is specified as 'mEe'. As an example a target SDU error ratio of
5*10-3 would be specified as "5E3" (e.g.AT+CGEQREQ=…,"5E3",…)
"0E0"
Subscribed value
"1E2"
"7E3"
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
159 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"1E1"
<Residual bit error ratio> String type, indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the
delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio
indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. The value is specified as
"mEe". As an example a target residual bit error ratio of 5•10-3 would be
specified as "5E3" (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=…,"5E3",…)
"0E0"
Subscribed value
"5E2"
"1E2"
"5E3"
"4E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"6E8"
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> Integer type, indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be
delivered or not (refer to 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
No
1
Yes
2
No detect
3
Subscribed value
<Transfer delay>
Integer type, (0,1,2,…) indicates the targeted time between request to
transfer an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP, in
milliseconds. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be
requested (refer to 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
Subscribed value
100~150
(value needs to be divisible by 10 without remainder)
200~950
(value needs to be divisible by 50 without remainder)
1000~4000 (value needs to be divisible by 100 without remainder)
<Traffic handling priority>
Integer type, (1,2,3,…) specifies the relative importance for handling of
all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer compared to the SDUs of
other bearers. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be
requested (refer to 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
Subscribed
1
2
3
<Source Statistics Descriptor> Integer type, specifies characteristics of the source of the submitted
SDUs for a PDP context
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
160 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
0
Characteristics of SDUs is unknown
1
Characteristics of SDUs corresponds to a speech source
Integer type, indicates signaling content of submitted SDUs for a PDP
context
0
PDP context is not optimized for signaling
1
PDP context is optimized for signaling <PDP_type>
<Signalling Indication>
10.6. AT+CGEQMIN
3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CGEQMIN allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile, which is checked by the MT
against the negotiated profile returned in the PDP context establishment and PDP context modification
procedures. Details can be found in 3GPP TS 23.107 and all of parameters save in NV automatically.
AT+CEGQMIN
3G Quality of Service Profile (Minimum Acceptable)
Test Command
AT+CGEQMIN=?
Response
+CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>,
(list of supported <Traffic class>s),
(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),
(list of supported <Maximum bitrate DL>s),
(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s),
(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),
(list of supported <Delivery order>s),
(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s),
(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),
(list of supported <Residual bit error ratio>s),
(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),
(list of supported <Transfer delay>s),
(list of supported <Traffic handling priority>s),
(list of supported <Source statistics descriptor>s),
(list of supported <Signalling indication>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGEQMIN?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
[+CGEQMIN: <cid>,
<Traffic class>,
<Maximum bitrate UL>,
<Maximum bitrate DL>,
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,
<Delivery order>,
<Maximum SDU size>,
<SDU error ratio>,
Confidential / Released
161 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<Residual bit error ratio>,
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,
<Transfer delay>,
<Traffic handling priority>,
<Source statistics descriptor>,
<Signalling indication>]
[…]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGEQMIN=[<cid>[,<Traffic class>
[,<Maximum bitrate UL>
[,<Maximum bitrate DL>
[,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>
[,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>
[,<Delivery order>
[,<Maximum SDU size>
[,<SDU error ratio>
[,<Residual bit error ratio>
[,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>
[,<Transfer delay>
[,<Traffic handling priority>
[,<Source statistics descriptor>
[,<Signalling indication>]]]]]]]]]]]]]]]
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<cid>
<PDP_type>
<Traffic class>
PDP context identifier, a numeric parameter which specifies a particular
PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands. The range of permitted
values (minimum value=1) is returned by the test form of the command
Packet data protocol type, a string parameter which specifies the type of
packet data protocol
“IP”
Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)
"PPP"
"IPV6"
"IPV4V6"
The following parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 23.107
Integer type, indicates the type of application for which the UMTS bearer
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
162 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
service is optimized (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5). If the
Traffic class is specified as conversational or streaming, then the
Guaranteed and Maximum bitrate parameters should also be provided
0
Conversational
1
Streaming
2
Interactive
3
Background
4
Subscribed value
<Maximum bitrate UL> Integer type, indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS
(up-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be
specified as '32' (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=…,32, …)
0
Subscribed value
1~5760
<Maximum bitrate DL>
Integer type, indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS
(down-link traffic) at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be
specified as '32' (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=…,32, …)
0
Subscribed value
1~21600
<Guaranteed bitrate UL> Integer type, indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS
(up-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an
example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as '32' (e.g.
T+CGEQREQ=…,32, …)
0
Subscribed value
1~5760
<Guaranteed bitrate DL> Integer type, indicates the guaranteed number of kbits/s delivered by UMTS
(down-link traffic) at a SAP (provided that there is data to deliver). As an
example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as '32' (e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=…,32, …)
0
Subscribed value
1~21600
<Delivery order>
Integer type, indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence
SDU delivery or not (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
No
1
Yes
2
Subscribed value
<Maximum SDU size>
Integer type, (1,2,3,…) indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets.
If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested (refer
3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
Subscribed value
10...1520
(value needs to be divisible by 10 without remainder)
1502
<SDU error ratio>
String type, indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or
detected as erroneous. SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic.
The value is specified as 'mEe'. As an example a target SDU error ratio of
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
163 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5*10-3 would be specified as "5E3" (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=…,"5E3",…)
"0E0"
Subscribed value
"1E2"
"7E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"1E1"
<Residual bit error ratio> String type, indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in the
delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested, Residual bit error ratio
indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs. The value is specified as
"mEe". As an example a target residual bit error ratio of 5•10-3 would be
specified as "5E3" (e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=…,"5E3",…)
"0E0"
Subscribed value
"5E2"
"1E2"
"5E3"
"4E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"6E8"
<Delivery of erroneous SDUs> Integer type, indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be
delivered or not (refer to 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
No
1
Yes
2
No detect
3
Subscribed value
<Transfer delay>
Integer type, (0,1,2,…) indicates the targeted time between request to
transfer an SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP, in
milliseconds. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be
requested (refer to 3GPP TS 24.008 subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
Subscribed value
100~150
(value needs to be divisible by 10 without remainder)
200~950
(value needs to be divisible by 50 without remainder)
1000~4000 (value needs to be divisible by 100 without remainder)
<Traffic handling priority>
Integer type, (1,2,3,…) specifies the relative importance for handling of
all SDUs belonging to the UMTS bearer compared to the SDUs of
other bearers. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be
requested (refer to 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.6.5)
0
Subscribed
1
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
164 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2
3
<Source Statistics Descriptor> Integer type, specifies characteristics of the source of the submitted
SDUs for a PDP context
0
Characteristics of SDUs is unknown
1
Characteristics of SDUs corresponds to a speech source
<Signalling Indication>
Integer type, indicates signaling content of submitted SDUs for a PDP
context.
0
PDP context is not optimized for signaling
1
PDP context is optimized for signaling <PDP_type>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
10.7. AT+CGACT
Activate or Deactivate PDP Context
The AT+CGACT write command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context(s). After the
command has completed, the MT remains in V.250 command state. If any PDP context is already in the
requested state, the state for that context remains unchanged. If the MT is not PS attached when the
activation form of the command is executed, the MT first performs a PS attach and then attempts to
activate the specified contexts. If no <cid> specifies the activation/deactivation form of the command, it
will activate or deactivate all defined contexts.
AT+CGACT
Test Command
AT+CGACT=?
Activate or Deactivate PDP Context
Response
+CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGACT?
Response
+CGACT:<cid>,<state>[<CR><LF>+CGACT:
<cid><state>…]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGACT=<state>,<cid>
Response
OK
NO CARRIER
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
150s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
165 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<state>
<cid>
Indicates the state of PDP context activation
0
Deactivated
1
Activated
Other values are reserved and will result in an ERROR response to the Write Command
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT
command)
Example
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","UNINET"
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CGACT=0,1
OK
//Define PDP context
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Activated PDP
//Deactivated PDP
10.8. AT+CGDATA Enter Data State
The AT+CGDATA write command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish
communication between the TE and the network using one or more packet domain PDP types. This may
include per-forming a PS attach and one or more PDP context activations. Commands following the
AT+CGDATA command in the AT command line will not be processed by the MT.
If the <L2P> parameter value is unacceptable to the MT, the MT shall return an ERROR or +CME ERROR
response. Otherwise, the MT issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V.250 online data
state. After data transfer is complete, and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed
successfully, the command state is reentered and the MT returns the final result code OK.
AT+CGDATA Enter Data State
Test Command
AT+CGDATA=?
Response
+CGDATA: (list of supported <L2P>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CGDATA=<L2P>[,<cid>[,<cid>[,…
]]]
Response
CONNECT
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
166 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<L2P>
<cid>
A string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT:
PPP
Point to Point protocol for a PDP such as IP
Other values are not supported and will result in an ERROR response to the execution
command
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT
command)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
10.9. AT+CGPADDR
Show PDP Address
The AT+CGPADDR write command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers. If
no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts are returned.
AT+CGPADDR
Show PDP Address
Test Command
AT+CGPADDR=?
Response
+CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CGPADDR[=<cid>[,<cid>[,…]]]
Response
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>
[+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[…]]
OK
ERROR
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see +CGDCONT
command)
<PDP_addr> A string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may
<cid>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
167 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the +CGDCONT
command when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned
during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to <cid>
<PDP_ address> is omitted if none is available
Example
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","UNINET"
OK
AT+CGACT=1,1
OK
AT+CGPADDR=1
+CGPADDR: 1,"10.76.51.180"
OK
//Define PDP context
//Activated PDP
//Show PDP address
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
10.10. AT+CGCLASS
GPRS Mobile Station Class
AT+CGCLASS is used to set the MT to operate according to the specified mode of operation, see 3GPP
TS 23.060.
AT+CGCLASS
GPRS Mobile Station Class
Test Command
AT+CGCLASS=?
Response
+CGCLASS: (list of supported <class>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGCLASS?
Response
+CGCLASS: <class>
OK
Write Command
AT+CGCLASS=<class>
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
168 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
A string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class (Functionality in
descending order)
"A"
Class A
<class>
10.11. AT+CGREG
Network Registration Status
The AT+CGREG command queries the network registration status and controls the presentation of an
unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the MT's GPRS network
registration status in GERAN/UTRAN, or unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat>[,[<lac>],[<ci>],
[<AcT>],[<rac>]] when <n>=2 and there is a change of the network cell in GERAN/UTRAN.
AT+CGREG
Test Command
AT+CGREG=?
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Network Registration Status
Response
+CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGREG?
Response
+CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<Act>]]
OK
Write Command
AT+CGREG=[<n>]
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<n>
0
1
2
<stat>
0
1
Disable network registration unsolicited result code
Enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG:<stat>
Enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<Act>]]
Not registered, MT is not currently searching an operator to register to .The UE is
in GMM state GMM-NULL or GMM-DEREGISTERED-INITIATED. The GPRS
service is disabled, the UE is allowed to attach for GPRS if requested by the user.
Registered, home network .The UE is in GMM state GMM-REGISTERED or
GMM-ROUTING-AREA-UPDATING-INITIATED INITIATED on the home PLMN.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
169 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
2
<lac>
<ci>
<Act>
Not registered, but MT is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to
register to. The UE is in GMM state GMM-DEREGISTERED or
GMM-REGISTERED-INITIATED. The GPRS service is enabled, but an allowable
PLMN is currently not available. The UE will start a GPRS attach as soon as an
allowable PLMN is available
3
Registration denied. The UE is in GMM state GMM-NULL. The GPRS service is
disabled, the UE is not allowed to attach for GPRS if requested by the user
4
Unknown
5
Registered, roaming <lac> String type; two byte location area code in
hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals to 195 in decimal)
String type, two byte location area code in hexadecimal format
String type, two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format
Access technology selected
0
GSM
2
UTRAN
Example
AT+CGATT=0
OK
+CGREG: 2
AT+CGATT=1
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
+CGREG: 1,"D504","080428B5",2
10.12. AT+CGEREP Packet Domain Event Reporting
Set command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes +CGEV: XXX from MT to TE in the
case of certain events occurring in the Packet Domain MT or the network. <mode> controls the
processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command. <bfr> controls the effect on buffered
codes when <mode> 1 or 2 is entered.
AT+CGEREP
Packet Domain Event Reporting
Test Command
AT+CGEREP=?
Response
+CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported
<bfr>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGEREP?
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
+CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr>
Confidential / Released
170 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
Write Command
AT+CGEREP=mode[,<bfr>]
Response
OK
ERROR
Execution Command
AT+CGEREP
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<mode>
0
1
2
<bfr>
0
1
NOTE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT; if MT result code buffer is full, the oldest
ones can be discarded. No codes are forwarded to the TE.
Discard unsolicited result codes when MT-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data
mode); otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
Buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT when MT-TE link is reserved (e.g. in
on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE when MT-TE link becomes available;
otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when
<mode> 1 or 2 is entered.
MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the
TE when <mode> 1 or 2 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing
the codes).
The unsolicited result codes and the corresponding events are defined as follows:
1. +CGEV: REJECT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>: A network request for PDP context activation
occurred when the MT was unable to report it to the TE with a +CRING unsolicited result code and
was automatically rejected.
2. +CGEV: NW REACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]: The network has requested a context
reactivation. The <cid> used to reactivate the context is provided if known to the MT.
3. +CGEV: NW DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]: The network has forced a context
deactivation. The <cid> used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT.
4. +CGEV: ME DEACT <PDP_type>, <PDP_addr>, [<cid>]: The mobile equipment has forced a
context deactivation. The <cid> used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT.
5. +CGEV: NW DETACH: The network has forced a Packet Domain detach. This implies that all active
contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately.
6. +CGEV: ME DETACH: The mobile equipment has forced a Packet Domain detach. This implies that
all active contexts have been deactivated. These are not reported separately.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
171 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
7.
8.
+CGEV: NW CLASS <class>: The network has forced a change of MS class. The highest available
class is reported (see AT+CGCLASS).
+CGEV: ME CLASS <class>: The mobile equipment has forced a change of MS class. The highest
available class is reported (see AT+CGCLASS).
Example
AT+CGEREP=?
+CGEREP: (0-2),(0,1)
OK
AT+CGEREP?
+CGEREP: 0,0
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
10.13. AT+CGSMS
Select Service for MO SMS Messages
AT+CGSMS specifies the service or service preference that the MT will use to send MO (mobile
originated) SMS messages.
AT+CGSMS
Test Command
AT+CGSMS=?
Select Service for MO SMS Messages
Response
+CGSMS: (list of currently available <service>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CGSMS?
Response
+CGSMS: <service>
OK
Write Command
AT+CGSMS=[<service>]
Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
172 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<service>
A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used
0
GPRS
1
Circuit switch
2
GPRS preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS not available)
3
Circuit switch preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched not available)
NOTE
The circuit switched service route is the default method.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
173 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
11
Supplementary Service Commands
11.1. AT+CCFC
Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CCFC allows control of the call forwarding supplementary service according to 3GPP TS 22.082.
Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation and status query are supported.
AT+CCFC
Call Forwarding Number and Conditions Control
Test Command
AT+CCFC=?
Response
+CCFC: (list of supported <reads>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CCFC=<reads>,<mode>[,<numbe
r>[,<type>[,<class>[,<subaddr>[,<sat
ype>[,time]]]]]]
Response
TA controls the call forwarding supplementary service.
Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status
query are supported.
Only ,<reads> and <mode> should be entered with mode
(0-2,4)
If <mode><>2 and command successful
OK
If <mode>=2 and command successful (only in connection
with <reads> 0-3)
For registered call forwarding numbers:
+CCFC: <status>, <class1>[, <number>, <type>
[,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<time>]]] [<CR><LF>+CCFC: ....]
OK
If no call forwarding numbers are registered (and therefore all
classes are
inactive):
+CCFC: <status>, <class>
OK
Where <status>=0 and <class>=15
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
174 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
0
Unconditional
1
Mobile busy
2
No reply
3
Not reachable
4
All call forwarding (0-3)
5
All conditional call forwarding (1-3)
<mode>
0
Disable
1
Enable
2
Query status
3
Registration
4
Erasure
<number> Phone number in string type of forwarding address in format specified by <type>
<type>
Type of address in integer format; default value is 145 when dialing string includes
international access code character “+”, otherwise 129
<subaddr> String type sub-address of format specified by <satype>
<satype>
Type of sub-address in integer
<class>
1
Voice
2
Data
4
FAX
7
All telephony except SMS
8
Short message service
16
Data circuit sync
32
Data circuit async
<time>
1…30 When “no reply” (<reads>=no reply) is enabled or queried, this gives the time in
seconds to wait before call is forwarded, default value is 20
<status>
0
Not active
1
Active
<reads>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Example
AT+CCFC=0,3,“15021012496”
OK
AT+CCFC=0,2
+CCFC: 1,1,"+8615021012496",145,,,
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Register the destination number for unconditional call
forwarding (CFU)
//Query the status of CFU without specifying <class>
Confidential / Released
175 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
AT+CCFC=0,4
OK
AT+CCFC=0,2
+CCFC: 0,255
//Erase the registered CFU destination number
//Query the status, no destination number
OK
11.2. AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
The AT+CCWA command allows control of the call waiting supplementary service according to 3GPP TS
22.083. Activation, deactivation and status query are supported.
AT+CCWA Call Waiting Control
Test Command
AT+CCWA=?
Response
+CCWA: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CCWA?
Response
+CCWA: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+CCWA[=<n>][,<mode>[,<class>]]
Response
TA controls the call waiting supplementary service. Activation,
deactivation and status query are supported.
If <mode><>2 and command successful
OK
If <mode>=2 and command successful
+CCWA:<status>,<class1>[<CR><LF>+CCWA:<status>,<
class2>[...]]
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
176 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<n>
<mode>
<class>
<status>
<number>
<type>
<alpha>
0
Disable presentation of an unsolicited result code
1
Enable presentation of an unsolicited result code
When <mode> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated
0
Disable
1
Enable
2
Query status
A sum of integers, each integer represents a class of information
1
Voice (telephony)
2
Data (bearer service)
4
FAX(facsimile)
16
Data circuit sync
32
Data circuit async
0
Disable
1
Enable
Phone number in string type of calling address in format specified by <type>
Type of address octet in integer format
129
Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )
Optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the
entry found in phone book
NOTES
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
1. <status>=0 should be returned only if service is not active for any <class> i.e. +CCWA: 0, 7 will be
returned in this case.
2. When <mode>=2, all active call waiting classes will be reported. In this mode the command is
abortable by pressing any key.
3. Unsolicited result code:
When the presentation call waiting at the TA is enabled (and call waiting is enabled) and a terminating
call set up during an established call, an unsolicited result code is returned:
+CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class>[,<alpha>]
Example
AT+CCWA=1,1
OK
ATD10086;
OK
//Enable presentation of an unsolicited result code
+CCWA: "02154450293",129,1
//Indication of a call that has been waiting
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Establish a call
Confidential / Released
177 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
11.3. AT+CHLD
Call Related Supplementary Services
The AT+CHLD command allows the control of the following call related services:



A call can be temporarily disconnected from the MT but the connection is retained by the network;
Multiparty conversation (conference calls);
The served subscriber who has two calls (one held and the other either active or alerting) can
connect the other parties and release the served subscriber's own connection.
Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released and added to a conversation, and transferred similarly as
defined in 3GPP TS 22.030.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
This is based on the GSM/UMTS supplementary services HOLD (Call Hold; refer 3GPP TS 22.083 clause
2), MPTY (Multi Party; refer 3GPP TS 22.084) and ECT (Explicit Call Transfer; refer 3GPP TS 22.091).
The interaction of this command with other commands based on other GSM/UMTS supplementary
services is described in the GSM/UMTS standards. Call Hold, Multi Party and Explicit Call Transfer are
only applicable to teleservice 11.
AT+CHLD
Call Related Supplementary Services
Test Command
AT+CHLD=?
Response
+CHLD: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Write Command
AT+CHLD[=<n>]
Response
TA controls the supplementary services call hold, multiparty
and explicit call transfer. Calls can be put on hold, recovered,
released, added to conversation and transferred.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<n>
0
1
Terminate all held calls or UDUB (User Determined User Busy) for a waiting call. If
a call is waiting, terminate the waiting call. Otherwise, terminate all held calls (if
any)
Terminate all active calls (if any) and accept the other call (waiting call or held
call). It can terminate active call if there is only one call
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
178 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
1X
2
2X
3
4
Terminate the specific call number X
Place all active calls on hold (if any) and accept the other call (waiting call or held
call) as the active call
Place all active calls except call X on hold
Add the held call to the active calls
Connects the two calls and disconnects the subscriber from both calls (ECT)
Example
//Establish a call
ATD10086;
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
+CCWA: "02154450293",129,1
AT+CHLD=2
//Indication of a call that has been waiting
//Place the active call on hold and accept the waiting call as
the active call
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,1,0,0,"10086",129
//The first call on hold
+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,0,"02154450293",129
//The second call be active
OK
AT+CHLD=21
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"10086",129
+CLCC: 2,1,1,0,1,"02154450293",129
OK
AT+CHLD=3
//Place the active call except call X=1 on hold
//The first call be active
//The second call on hold
//Add a held call to the active calls in order to set up a
conference (multiparty) call
OK
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,0,0,1,"10086",129
+CLCC: 2,1,0,0,1,"02154450293",129
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
179 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
11.4. AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation
AT+CLIP refers to the GSM/UMTS supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation)
that enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity (CLI) of the calling party when receiving a
mobile terminated call.
AT+CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation
Test Command
AT+CLIP=?
Response
+CLIP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIP?
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Response
+CLIP: <n>,<m>
OK
Write Command
AT+CLIP[=<n>]
Response
TA enables or disables the presentation of the calling line
identity (CLI) at the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the
supplementary service CLIP in the network.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
15s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<n>
<m>
<number>
<subaddr>
<satype>
<type>
<alpha>
0
Suppress unsolicited result codes
1
Display unsolicited result codes
0
CLIP not provisioned
1
CLIP provisioned
2
Unknown
Phone number in string type of calling address in format specified by <type>
String type subaddress of format specified by <satype>
Type of subaddress octet in integer format (refer 3GPP TS 24.008 [8] subclause
10.5.4.8)
Type of address octet in integer format;
129
Unknown type (IDSN format number)
145
International number type (ISDN format )
String type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
180 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<CLI validity>
found in phone book
0
CLI valid
1
CLI has been withheld by the originator
2
CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating
network
NOTE
Unsolicited result code:
When the presentation of the CLIP at the TE is enabled (and calling subscriber allows), an unsolicited
result code is returned after every RING (or +CRING: <type>) at a mobile terminating call:
+CLIP: <number>,<type>,[subaddr],[satype],[<alpha>],<CLI validity>
Example
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CPBW=1,"02151082965",129,"QUECTEL"
OK
AT+CLIP=1
OK
RING
+CLIP: "02151082965",129,,,"QUECTEL",0
11.5. AT+CLIR
Calling Line Identification Restriction
AT+CLIR refers to the CLIR supplementary service (Calling Line Identification Restriction) according to
3GPP TS 22.081 and the OIR supplementary service (Originating Identification Restriction) according to
3GPP TS 24.607) that allows a calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the calling line
identity (CLI) to the called party when originating a call.
AT+CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction
Test Command
AT+CLIR=?
Response
+CLIR: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLIR?
Response
+CLIR: <n>,<m>
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
181 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Write Command
AT+CLIR=<n>
Response
TA restricts or enables the presentation of the calling line
identity (CLI) to the called party when originating a call.
The command overrides the CLIR subscription (default is
restricted or allowed) when temporary mode is provisioned as
a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This
adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite Command.
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
15s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<n>
<m>
Parameter sets the adjustment for outgoing calls
0
Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service
1
CLIR invocation
2
CLIR suppression
Parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network
0
CLIR not provisioned
1
CLIR provisioned in permanent mode
2
Unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
3
CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted
4
CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed
11.6. AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation
AT+COLP refers to the GSM/UMTS supplementary service COLP (Connected Line Identification
Presentation) that enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity (COL) of the called party
after setting up a mobile originated call. The command enables or disables the presentation of the COL at
the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service COLR in the network.
AT+COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation
Test Command
AT+COLP=?
Response
+COLP: (list of supported <n>s)
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
182 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Read Command
AT+COLP?
Response
+COLP: <n>,<m>
OK
Write Command
AT+COLP[=<n>]
Response
TA enables or disables the presentation of the COL
(Connected Line) at the TE for a mobile originating
a call. It has no effect on the execution of the
supplementary service COLR in the network.
Intermediate result code is returned from TA to TE
before any +CR or V.25ter responses.
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
15s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<n>
<m>
<number>
<type>
<subaddr>
<satype>
<alpha>
Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA
0
Disable
1
Enable
Parameter shows the subscriber COLP service status in the network
0
COLP not provisioned
1
COLP provisioned
2
Unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
Phone number in string type, format specified by <type>
Type of address octet in integer format
129
Unknown type(IDSN format number)
145
International number type(ISDN format )
String type sub-address of format specified by <satype>
Type of sub-address octet in integer format (refer to 3GPP TS 24.008 sub clause
10.5.4.8 )
Optional string type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the
entry found in phone book
NOTE
Intermediate result code:
When enabled (and called subscriber allows), an intermediate result code is returned before any +CR or
V.25ter responses:
+COLP: <number>,<type>,[<subaddr>],[<satype>] ,[<alpha>]
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
183 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Example
AT+CPBW=1,"02151082965",129,"QUECTEL"
OK
AT+COLP=1
OK
ATD02151082965;
+COLP: "02151082965",129,,,"QUECTEL"
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
11.7. AT+CSSN
Supplementary Service Notifications
AT+CSSN refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications. The write command
enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes from TA to TE.
AT+CSSN
Supplementary Service Notifications
Test Command
AT+CSSN=?
Response
+CSSN: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported <m>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CSSN?
Response
+CSSN: <n>,<m>
OK
Write Command
AT+CSSN=<n>[,<m>]
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<n>
Integer type, parameter sets/shows the +CSSI intermediate result code presentation
status to the TE
0
Disable
1
Enable
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
184 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<m>
<code1>
<code2>
NOTES
1.
2.
Integer type (parameter sets/shows the +CSSU unsolicited result code presentation
status to the TE)
0
Disable
1
Enable
Integer type, it is manufacturer specific, which of these codes are supported
0
Unconditional call forwarding is active
1
Some of the conditional call forwardings are active
2
Call has been forwarded
3
Waiting call is pending
5
Outgoing call is barred
Integer type, it is manufacturer specific, which of these codes are supported
0
The incoming call is a forwarded call
2
Call has been put on hold (during a voice call)
3
Call has been retrieved (during a voice call)
5
Held call was terminated by other party
10
Additional incoming call forwarded
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup,
the +CSSI intermediate result code is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes:
+CSSI: <code1>
When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call
setup or during a call, the +CSSU unsolicited result code is sent to TE:
+CSSU: <code2>
11.8. AT+CUSD
Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
AT+CUSD allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) according to 3GPP TS
22.090. Both network and mobile initiated operations are supported.
Parameter <mode> is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code. The value
<mode>=2 is used to cancel an ongoing USSD session. For an USSD response from the network, or a
network initiated operation, the format is: +CUSD: <status>[,<rspstr>,[<dcs>]].
When <reqstr> is given, a mobile initiated USSD string or a response USSD string to a network initiated
operation is sent to the network. The response USSD string from the network is returned in a subsequent
+CUSD URC.
AT+CUSD Unstructured Supplementary Service Data
Test Command
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
Confidential / Released
185 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
+CUSD: (list of supported <mode>s)
AT+CUSD=?
OK
Read Command
AT+CUSD?
Response
+CUSD: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+CUSD=<mode>[,<reqstr>[,<dcs>]
]
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Maximum Response Time
120s, determined by network.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<mode>
<reqstr>
<rspstr>
<dcs>
<status>
Integer type, sets/shows the result code presentation status to the TE
0
Disable the result code presentation to the TE
1
Enable the result code presentation to the TE
2
Cancel session(not applicable to read command response)
Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) to be sent to the network. If this
parameter is not given, network is not interrogated.
Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD) received from the network.
Integer type, 3GPP TS 23.038 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme (default 15)
USSD response from the network or the network initiated operation
0
No further user action required (network initiated USSD Notify, or no further
information needed after mobile initiated operation)
1
Further user action required (network initiated USSD Request, or further
information needed after mobile initiated operation)
2
USSD terminated by network
3
Other local client has responded
4
Operation not supported
5
Network time out
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
186 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
12
Audio Commands
12.1. AT+CMUT Mute Control
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+CMUT is used to enable and disable the uplink voice muting during a voice call.
AT+CMUT
Mute Control
Test Command
AT+CMUT=?
Response
+CMUT: (list of supported<on>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CMUT?
Response
+CMUT: <on>
OK
Write Command
AT+CMUT=<on>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<on>
Numerical type.
0 Uplink volume is normal during the call.
1 Uplink volume is mute during the call.
NOTES
1.
2.
This command is valid only during the call.
After the call is over, it returns to default value.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
187 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
12.2. AT+CALM
Mute the Ring Tone
AT+CALM is used to mute the ring tone, i.e., there is no ring tone when a call is coming.
AT+CALM
Mute the Ring Tone
Test Command
AT+CALM=?
Response
+CALM: (list of supported<on>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CALM?
Response
+CALM: <on>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Write Command
AT+CALM=<on>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<on>
Numeric type.
0 Ring tone is normal.
1 Ring tone is mute.
NOTE
This parameter will not be saved.
12.3. AT+CRSL Set Ring Tone Volume
AT+CRSL can be used to set the volume of ring tone.
AT+CRSL Set Ring Tone Volume
Test Command
AT+CRSL=?
Response
+CRSL: (list of supported<volume>s)
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
188 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Read Command
AT+CRSL?
Response
+CRSL: <volume>
OK
Write Command
AT+CRSL=<volume>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<volume>
NOTE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Numeric type, indicates the configured volume of ring tone.
Range: 0-7, default: 3
This parameter will not be saved.
12.4. AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level
AT+CLVL is used to select the volume of the internal loudspeaker of the MT.
AT+CLVL Loud Speaker Volume Level
Test Command
AT+CLVL=?
Response
+CLVL: (list of supported<volume>s)
OK
Read Command
AT+CLVL?
Response
+CLVL: <volume>
OK
Write Command
AT+CLVL=<volume>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
189 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<volume>
Numeric type, indicates the configured call volume.
Range: 0-7, default: 3
NOTE
This parameter will not be saved.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
12.5. AT+QAUDMOD Set Audio Mode
AT+QAUDMOD is used to set the audio mode, including the default gain of uplink and downlink, echo
cancellation mode and so on to suit for corresponding application scenarios.
AT+QAUDMOD Set Audio Mode
Test Command
AT+QAUDMOD=?
Response
+QAUDMOD: (0-8)
OK
Test Command
AT+QAUDMOD?
Response
+QAUDMOD: <mode>
OK
Write Command
AT+QAUDMOD=<mode>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<mode>
Numeric type, indicates the current configured audio mode.
0
Handset mode.
1
Headset mode.
2
Hands free kit mode.
3
Analog hands free kit mode.
4
Loudspeaker mode.
5
AUX PCM Handset mode.
6
AUX PCM Headset mode.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
190 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
7
8
AUX PCM Loudspeaker mode.
Bluetooth headset mode.
NOTE
This parameter will not be saved.
12.6. AT+QAUDPATH
Set the Audio Output Path
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
AT+QAUDPATH can be used to set the current audio output path, that is MIC&SPEAKER path or AUX
PCM path.
AT+QAUDPATH
Set Audio Output Path
Test Command
AT+QAUDPATH=?
Response
+QAUDPATH: (0-2)
OK
Read Command
AT+QAUDPATH?
Response
+QAUDPATH: <path>
OK
Write Command
AT+QAUDPATH=<path>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<path>
Numeric type, indicates the configured output path.
0
MIC1&SPEAKER1
1
MIC2&SPEAKER2
2
AUX PCM
NOTE
This parameter will not be saved.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
191 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
12.7. AT+QSIDET
Set the Side Tone Gain in Current Mode
AT+QSIDET is used to set the side tone gain value of the current mode.
AT+QSIDET Set the Side Tone Gain in Current Mode
Test Command
AT+QSIDET=?
Response
+QSIDET: (0-65535)
OK
Read Command
AT+QSIDET?
Response
+QSIDET: <stgain>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Write Command
AT+QSIDET=<stgain>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<stgain>
NOTE
Numeric type; indicates the configured side tone gain in current mode.
Range: 0-65535. Default value might be different in different audio mode.
This parameter will not be saved.
12.8. AT+QAUDLOOP Enable Audio Loop Test
This command is used to enable audio loop test.
AT+QAUDLOOP Enable Audio Loop Test
Test Command
AT+QAUDLOOP=?
Response
+QAUDLOOP: (0,1),(0-2)
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
192 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Read Command
AT+QAUDLOOP?
Response
+QAUDLOOP: <enable>,<path>
OK
Set Command
AT+QAUDLOOP=<enable>[,<path>]
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<enable>
<path>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Numeric type, to enable or disable audio loop test.
0 Disable audio loop test.
1 Enable audio loop test.
Numeric type, indicates test path.
0 MIC1&SPEAKER1
1 MIC2&SPEAKER2
2 AUX PCM
NOTE
This parameter will not be saved.
12.9. AT+QMIC
Set Uplink (MIC) Gains
This command is used to set MIC gains in order to change uplink volume.
AT+QMIC
Set Uplink (MIC) Gains
Test Command
AT+QMIC=?
Response
+QMIC: (1),(0-65535),(0-65535)
OK
Read Command
AT+QMIC?
Response
+QMIC: <txgain1>,<txgain2>,<txdgain>
OK
Set Command
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
Confidential / Released
193 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+QMIC=<txgain1>,<txgain2>[,<txd
gain>]
OK
ERROR
Parameter
<txgain1>
<txgain2>
<txdgain>
Numeric type, reserved, set to 1.
Numeric type, indicates uplink codec gain, ranges: 0-65535. Default value might be different
in different audio mode.
Numeric type, indicates uplink digital gain, ranges: 0-65535. Default value might be different
in different audio mode.
NOTE
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
1. This parameter will be saved to NV immediately by default
2. If you set AT+QAUDPATH=2, the <txgain2> is invalid on UC15 module.
12.10. AT+QRXGAIN
Set Downlink Gains
This command is used to set RX gains which aim to change downlink volume.
AT+QRXAGIN Set Downlink Gains
Test Command
AT+QRXGAIN=?
Response
+QRXGAIN: (0),(0-65535),(0-65535)
OK
Read Command
AT+QRXGAIN?
Response
+QRXGAIN: <rxgain1>,<rxgain2>,<rxdgain>
OK
Write Command
AT+QRXGAIN=<rxgain1>,<rxgain2>[,
<rxdgain>]
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
194 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<rxgain1>
<rxgain2>
<rxdgain>
Numeric type, reserved, set to 0
Numeric type, indicates downlink codec gain, range: 0-65535. Default value might be
different in different audio modes
Numeric type, indicates downlink digital gain, range: 0-65535. Default value might be
different in different audio modes
NOTE
1. This parameter will be saved to NV immediately by default.
2. If you set AT+QAUDPATH=2, the <rxgain2> is invalid by UC15.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
12.11. AT+QTONEDET
Enable/Disable DTMF Detection
This command is used to enable or disable DTMF detection. When you enable this function, DTMF tones
sent by other side will be detected, and report ASCII code on the serial port which you assigned.
AT+QTONEDET
Enable/Disable DTMF Detection
Test Command
AT+QTONEDET=?
Response
+QTONEDET: (0,1)
OK
Read Command
AT+QTONEDET?
Response
+QTONEDET: <enable>
OK
Write Command
AT+QTONEDET=<enable>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Parameter
<enable>
Enable/disable DTMF detected.
0
Disable
1
Enable
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
195 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
NOTES
1.
2.
Settings will take effect immediately, but when you reset the module, settings will revert to the default
values.
DTMF characters – ASCII table:
DTMF
ASCII
DTMF
ASCII
0
48
8
56
1
49
9
57
2
50
A
65
3
51
B
66
4
52
C
67
5
53
D
68
6
54
*
42
7
55
#
35
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
12.12. AT+QWDTMF
Play/Send DTMF Tone (s)
This command is used to play or send DTMF tone(s).
AT+QWDTMF
Play/Send DTMF Tone (s)
Test Command
AT+QWDTMF=?
Response
+QWDTMF:
(0-7),(0-7),("<DTMF_code>,<continuance_time>,<mut
e_time>[,...]")
OK
Set Command
AT+QWDTMF=<ulvolume>,<dlvolume>,("<
DTMF_code>,<continuance_time>,<mute_
time>[,...]")
Response
OK
ERROR
After playing completely, report:
+QWDTMF: 5
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<ulvolume>
<dlvolume>
<DTMF_code>
Numeric type, up-link volume, range: 0-7.
Numeric type, down-link volume, range: 0-7.
String type
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
196 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
<continuance_time>
<mute_time>
NOTES
0 DTMF 0
1 DTMF 1
2 DTMF 2
3 DTMF 3
4 DTMF 4
5 DTMF 5
6 DTMF 6
7 DTMF 7
8 DTMF 8
9 DTMF 9
A DTMF A
B DTMF B
C DTMF C
D DTMF D
* DTMF *
# DTMF #
Numeric type, indicates duration of each DTMF tone. Unit: ms.
Numeric type, indicates mute time. Unit: ms.
This parameter will not be saved.
12.13. AT+QDAI
Configure Digital Audio Interface
AT+QDAI is used to configure the digital audio interface. While <io>=1, you can define the PCM mode
(master/slave mode) by yourself; while <io>=2, and the external codec chip linked with PCM interface is
the NAU8814 model through the I2C, the module can be used directly and set by the default
configurations; while <io>=3, and the external codec chip linked with PCM interface is the ALC5616
model through the I2C, the module can be used directly and set by the default configurations.
AT+QDAI
Configure Digital Audio Interface
Test Command
AT+QDAI=?
Response
+QDAI: (1-3),(0,1),(0,1),(0-5),(0-2)
OK
Read Command
AT+QDAI?
Response
+QDAI: <io>[,<mode>,<fsync>,<clock>,<format>]
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
197 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Write Command
AT+QDAI=<io>[,<mode>,<fsync>,<clo
ck>[,<format>]]
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<io>
<mode>
<fsync>
<clock>
<format>
NOTES
1
2
3
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
Digital PCM output (customer defined)
Analog output (for our default audio codec NAU8814)
Analog output (for our default audio codec ALC5616)
Master mode
Slave mode
Primary mode (short-sync)
Auxiliary mode (long-sync)
128K
256K
512K
1024K
2048K
4096K
16-bit linear
8-bit a-law
8-bit u-law
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
1. Configuration of <io> will be saved to NV immediately by default.
2. Support master& slave mode under short sync signal, master mode under long sync signal by now.
3. When you select short-sync& master mode, support 256K-4096K clock frequency. And if you select
long-sync& master mode, only support 128K clock frequency.
4. When you select slave mode, you must provide master& sync clock to module.
5. When you select NAU8814 or ALC5616, please do not input other parameters, the PCM interface will
be set by the default configurations.
6. UC15 module does not support ALC5616 codec. If you set AT+QDAI=3, it will return ERROR.
12.14. AT+QPCMV Enable to Transfer PCM Data through Port
This command is used to transfer PCM data through USB/UART port. When you dial a call, the sound
from the opposite side will be decoded as PCM data and output from PCM port. When you input PCM
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
198 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
data to the port, the data will be transmitted to the opposite side through the network. Once the call is over,
the port will stop outputting, and the input data will be invalid. PCM data format is 8K, 16bit linear.
AT+QPCMV
Enable to Transfer PCM Data through Port
Test Command
AT+QPCMV=?
Response
+QPCMV: (0,1),(0)
OK
Read Command
AT+QPCMV?
Response
+QPCMV: <enable>,<port>
OK
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Write Command
AT+QPCMV=<enable>[,<port>]
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
Parameter
<enable>
<port>
NOTE
If this function is enabled when you dial a call, the sound from the opposite side will be
output from PCM port. When you input PCM data to the port, the data will be transmitted to
the opposite side.
0 Disable
1 Enable
PCM port
0 USB reserved port
All the settings will take effect immediately. When you reset the module, settings will revert to the default
values.
12.15. AT+QLDTMF Play Local DTMF
AT+QLDTMF is used to play a DTMF string, maximum length is 20 characters. You can use AT+QLDTMF
to stop playing.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
199 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+QLDTMF Play Local DTMF
Test Command
AT+QLDTMF=?
Response
+QLDTMF: (1-1000),(0-9,*,#,A-G )
OK
Write Command
AT+QLDTMF=<n>,<DTMF_string>[,<y
>]
Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
After playing completely, report:
+QLDTMF: 5
Execute Command
AT+QLDTMF
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
Numeric type, indicates every DTMF play time and mute time. Range: 0-1000, unit is
1/100 second when <y> is set to 1; or 1/10 second when <y> is not set.
<DTMF_string> String type, max 20 DTMFs, separated by comma. DTMFs: 0-9, #, *, A-G.
<err>
901
Audio unknown error
902
Audio invalid parameters
903
Audio operation not supported
904
Audio device busy
<n>
12.16. AT+QLTONE
Play a Local Customized Tone
AT+QLTONE is used to play a customized tone, use <period_on> to indicate play time, <period_off> to
indicate mute time and <duration> to indicate total time.
AT+QLTONE Play a Local Customized Tone
Test Command
AT+QLTONE=?
Response
+QLTONE: (0,1),(100-4000),(0-1000),(0-1000),(0-15300000)
OK
Write Command
AT+QLTONE=<mode>[,<frequency>,
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Response
OK
Confidential / Released
200 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<period_on>,<period_off>,<duration>
]
After playing completely, report:
+QLTONE: 0
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<mode>
<frequency>
<period_on>
<period_off>
<duration>
<err>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
12.17. AT+VTS
0
Stop playing
1
Start playing
Tone frequency, unit: Hz, range: 100-4000Hz
Play time of tone, unit: ms, range: 0-1000ms
Mute time of tone, unit: ms, range: 0-1000ms
Total time of tone, unit ms, range: 0-15300000ms
901
Audio unknown error
902
Audio invalid parameters
903
Audio operation not supported
904
Audio device busy
DTMF and Tone Generation
The AT+VTS command is used to send ASCII characters which cause MSC to transmit DTMF tones to a
remote subscriber. This command can only be operated in voice call.
AT+VTS
DTMF and Tone Generation
Test Command
AT+VTS=?
Response
+VTS: (0-9,A-D,*,#),(0-255)
OK
Write Command
AT+VTS=<DTMF_string>[,<duration>]
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
Depends on the length of <DTMF_string> and <duration>.
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
201 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
ASCII characters including 0-9, #, *, A, B, C, D. The string should be enclosed
in quotation marks ("...")
When sending multiple tones at a time, the time <interval> of two tones can
be specified by +VTD. The maximal length of the string is 31
The duration of each tone in 1/10 seconds with tolerance. Value ranges from 0
to 255 and default is 0. If the duration is less than the minimum time specified
by the network, the actual duration will be network specified time. If this
parameter is omitted, <duration>is specified by +VTD
<DTMF_string>
<duration>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
12.18. AT+QRCH
Set the Ring Output Path
AT+QRCH can be used to set the ring output path, that is SPEAKER1, SPEAKER2 or AUX PCM.
AT+QRCH Set Ring Output Path
Test Command
AT+QRCH=?
Response
+QRCH: (0-2)
OK
Read Command
AT+QRCH?
Response
+QRCH: <path>
OK
Write Command
AT+QRCH=<path>
Response
OK
ERROR
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<path>
Numeric type, indicates the configured output path
0 SPEAKER1
1 SPEAKER2
2 AUX PCM
NOTE
Configuration will be not saved.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
202 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
12.19. AT+VTD
Set Tone Duration
AT+VTD is used to set the duration of DTMF tones. This command can also set time interval of two tones
when sending multiple tones at a time.
AT+VTD
Set Tone Duration
Test Command
AT+VTD=?
Response
+VTS: (0-255),(0-255)
OK
Read Command
AT+VTD?
Response
+VTD: <duration>,<interval>
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Write Command
AT+VTD=<duration>[,<interval>]
Response
OK
ERROR
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<duration>
<interval>
NOTE
The duration of each tone in 1/10 seconds with tolerance. Value ranges from 0 to 255
and default is 3. If the duration is less than the minimum time specified by the network,
the actual duration will be network specified time.
The time interval of two tones when sending multiple tones at a time by +VTS.
Value ranges from 0 to 255 and default is 0.
Configuration will be not saved.
Example
AT+CMUT=1
OK
AT+CMUT=1
//The uplink volume will be 0 when the command is used during the call.
//If there is no call, it will return ERROR when using commands.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
203 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
ERROR
AT+CALM=1
OK
RING
AT+CRSL=1
OK
AT+CLVL=4
OK
AT+QAUDMOD=4
OK
AT+QAUDPATH=1
OK
AT+QSIDET=1234
OK
AT+QAUDLOOP=1
OK
AT+QMIC=1,4000,4000
OK
AT+CLVL=5
OK
AT+QRXGAIN=0,4000
OK
AT+QTONEDET=1
OK
//Mute the ring tone.
//A call is coming, but no ring tone.
//Set the ring tone volume as 1.
//Set the downlink volume as 4.
//Set the current audio mode as loudspeaker mode.
//Set the MIC2&SPEAKER2 as current input path and output path.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//During a call, set the current side tone gain as 1234.
//Enable audio loop test.
//Set uplink path codec gain&digital gain to 4000.
//Set speaker volume to 5
//Set downlink path codec gain to 4000
//Enable DTMF detection.
//When the opposite side sends a DTMF 0; module will detect the tone, and it will report in the format of
ASCII code.
+QTONEDET: 48
AT+QWDTMF=5,5,"0,100,100,1,200,200,2,300,300"
OK
//When playing completed, report complete URC.
+QWDTMF: 5
AT+QDAI=?
//Query the range.
+QDAI: (1-3),(0,1),(0,1),(0-5),(0-2)
OK
AT+QDAI?
+QDAI: 1,0,0,4,0
OK
AT+QDAI=1,1,0,4,1
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Query current interface configuration.
//Set AUX PCM interface to slave short-sync mode, PCM format is
8-bit a-law.
Confidential / Released
204 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
OK
AT+QDAI=2
OK
AT+QDAI=3
OK
AT+QPCMV=1,0
OK
//Select NUA8814.
//Select ALC5616.
//Enable USB audio and use reserved port to transfer PCM data.
//Some PCM data will be output from reserved port during a call.
AT+QPCMV=0
OK
AT+QLDTMF=?
+QLDTMF: (1-1000),(0-9,*,#,A-G)
//Disable USB audio.
//Query the range.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
AT+QLDTMF=2,“A,B,1,2,#”
//Play A,B,1,2,#, paly time and mute time is 200ms.
OK
AT+QLDTMF
//Stop playing.
OK
AT+QLTONE=?
//Query the range.
+QLTONE: (0,1),(100-4000),(0-1000),(0-1000),(0-15300000)
OK
AT+QLTONE=1,1000,200,300,3000
OK
AT+QLTONE=0
OK
ATD12345678900;
OK
<Call connected>
AT+VTS="1"
OK
AT+VTS="1234567890A"
OK
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
//Play a 1000Hz tone, play time is 200ms, mute time is 300ms
and total time is 3000ms.
//Stop playing.
//Dial.
//The remote can listen DTMF tone.
//Send multiple tones at a time.
Confidential / Released
205 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
13
Hardware Related Commands
13.1. AT+QPOWD
Power Off
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
The command AT+QPOWD is used to shut down the module. The UE will return OK immediately when
the command is executed. Then the UE deactivates the network. After it is completed, the UE outputs the
message “POWERED DOWN” and sets the STATE pin as low to enter into the shutdown state. The
maximum time for network log-off is 60 seconds. In order to avoid data loss, it is only allowed to turn off
the UE power after the module’s STATE pin is set as low and the URC “POWERED DOWN” is outputted.
If “POWERED DOWN” has not been received after 65s, you should force to switch off the VBAT.
AT+QPOWD Power Off
Execute Command
AT+QPOWD
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
13.2. AT+CCLK
Clock
AT+CCLK sets and queries the real time clock (RTC) of the module. The current setting is retained until
the module is totally disconnected from power.
AT+CCLK
Clock
Test Command
AT+CCLK=?
Read Command
AT+CCLK?
Response
OK
Response
+CCLK: <time>
OK
Write Command
AT+CCLK=<time>
Response
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
206 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
Parameter
<time>
String type value, format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz", indicates year (two last digits),month,
day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarters
of an hour, between the local time and GMT; range: -48...+56). E.g. May 6th, 1994, 22:10:00
GMT+2 hours equals to "94/05/06,22:10:00+08"
Example
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
//Query the local time
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "08/01/04, 00:19:43+00"
OK
13.3. AT+CBC
Battery Charge
AT+CBC returns battery connection status <bcs> and battery charge level <bcl> of the MT.
AT+CBC
Battery Charge
Test Command
AT+CBC=?
Response
+CBC: (list of supported
<bcl>s),(voltage)
<bcs>s),(list
of
supported
OK
Execution Command
AT+CBC
Response
+CBC: <bcs>,<bcl>,<voltage>
OK
If error is related to ME functionality:
+CME ERROR: <err>
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Reference
3GPP TS 27.007
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
207 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Parameter
<bcs>
<bcl>
<voltage>
Charge status
0
ME is not charging
1
ME is charging
2
Charging has finished
Battery connection level
0...100
Battery has 0-100 percent of capacity remaining vent
Battery voltage(mV)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
13.4. AT+QADC
Read ADC
This command is used to read the voltage of the ADC channel.
AT+QADC Read ADC
Test Command
AT+ QADC=?
Response
+QADC: (0,1)
OK
Read Command
AT+QADC=<port>
Response
+QADC: <status>,<value>
OK
Maximum Response Time
Parameter
300ms
Channel number of the ADC
0
ADC Channel 0
1
ADC Channel 1
<status> 0
Fail
1
Success
<value> The voltage of the ADC port (mV)
<port>
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
208 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
13.5. AT+QSCLK
Configure Whether or Not to Enter into Sleep Mode
AT+QSCLK command is used to control whether the module enters into sleep mode or not. When
AT+QSCLK is enabled and DTR is pulled up, the module can directly enter sleep mode. If AT+QSCLK is
enabled and DTR is pulled down, you need to pull up the DTR pin first, then module can enter into sleep
mode. The module will be waked up by some temporarily network interaction message
(such as regularly listening to paging messages from the base station).
AT+QSCLK
Configure Whether or Not to Enter into Sleep Mode
Test Command
AT+QSCLK=?
Response
+QSCLK: (list of supported <n>s)
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
OK
Read Command
AT+QSCLK?
Response
+QSCLK: <n>
OK
Write Command
AT+QSCLK=<n>
Response
OK
Maximum Response Time
300ms
Parameter
<n>
0
1
Disable slow clock
Enable slow clock, it is controlled by DTR
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
209 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
14
Appendix
14.1. Reference
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Table 6: Related Documents
SN
Document Name
Remark
[1]
V.25ter
Serial asynchronous automatic dialing and control
3GPP TS 27.007
Digital cellular telecommunications (Phase 2+); Universal
Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS); LTE; AT
command set for User Equipment (UE)
3GPP TS 27.005
Digital cellular telecommunications (Phase 2+); Universal
Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS); LTE; Use of
Data Terminal Equipment - Data Circuit terminating
Equipment (DTE- DCE) interface for Short Message Service
(SMS) and Cell Broadcast Service (CBS)
[2]
[3]
Table 7: Terms and Abbreviations
Abbreviation
AMR
ME
TA
MS
Description
Adaptive Multi-Rate
Mobile Equipment
Terminal Adapter
Mobile Station
DCE
Data Communication Equipment
TE
Terminal Equipment
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment
RTS/CTS
Request To Send/Clear To Send
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
210 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
DCD
Dynamic Content Delivery
DTR
Data Terminal Ready
CSD
Circuit Switch Data
PSC
Primary Synchronization Code
PDP
Packet Data Protocol
TCP
Transmission Control Protocol
UDP
ECT
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
User Datagram Protocol
Explicit Call Transfer supplementary service
14.2. Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
Table 8: Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT&F
AT Command
Parameters
Factory Defaults
<value>
1
<n>
0
<n>
000
<n>
013
<n>
010
<n>
008
<n>
002
ATS7
<n>
000
ATS8
<n>
002
ATS10
<n>
015
ATV
<value>
1
ATE
ATQ
ATS0
ATS3
ATS4
ATS5
ATS6
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
211 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
ATX
<value>
4
AT&C
<value>
1
AT&D
<value>
1
AT+ICF
<format>,<parity>
3,3
AT+IFC
<dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
0,0
AT+CREG
<n>
0
AT+CGREG
<n>
0
<speed>,<name>,<ce>
0,0,1
<n>
1
<chset>
“GSM”
<type>
129
<mode>
0
<mode>
0
<service>
0
<mode>
0
<fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs>
17,167,0,0
<show>
0
<mode>
0
<mem1>,<mem2>,<mem3>
“ME”,“ME”,“ME”
<mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr>
2,1,0,0,0
<n>
0
AT+CVHU
<mode>
0
AT+CLIP
<n>
0
AT+COLP
<n>
0
AT+CLIR
<n>
0
AT+CBST
AT+CMEE
AT+CSCS
AT+CSTA
AT+CR
AT+CRC
AT+CSMS
AT+CMGF
AT+CSMP
AT+CSDH
AT+CSCB
AT+CPMS
AT+CNMI
AT+CMMS
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
212 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
AT+CSSN
<n>
0
AT+CLVL
<level>
2
AT+CMUT
<n>
0
AT+QAUDMOD
<mode>
0
14.3. AT Command Setting Storable with AT&W
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Table 9: AT Command Settings Storable with AT&W
AT Command
Parameters
Display with AT&V
<value>
Yes
<n>
Yes
<n>
Yes
<n>
Yes
<n>
Yes
<value>
Yes
<value>
Yes
<value>
Yes
<value>
Yes
<dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
No
<rate>
No
<n>
No
AT+CGREG
<n>
No
AT+QSIMDET
<enable>,<insert_level>
No
AT+QSIMSTAT
<enable>
No
ATE
ATQ
ATS0
ATS7
ATS10
ATV
ATX
AT&C
AT&D
AT+IFC
AT+IPR
AT+CREG
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
213 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
14.4. AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ
Table 10: AT Command Settings Storable with ATZ
AT Command
Parameters
Factory Defaults
ATE
<value>
1
ATQ
<n>
0
ATS0
<n>
000
ATS7
ATS10
ATV
ATX
AT&C
AT&D
AT+IFC
AT+CREG
AT+CGREG
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
<n>
000
<n>
015
<value>
1
<value>
4
<value>
1
<value>
1
<dce_by_dte>,<dte_by_dce>
0,0
<n>
0
<n>
0
14.5. Summary of CME ERROR Codes
Final result code +CME ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The
operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same command line is
executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned.
<err> values are mostly used by common message commands. The following table lists most of general
and GRPS related ERROR Codes. For some GSM protocol failure cause described in GSM specifications,
the corresponding ERROR codes are not included.
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
214 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Table 11: Different Coding Schemes of +CME ERROR: <err>
Code of <err>
Meaning
0
Phone failure
1
No connection to phone
2
Phone-adaptor link reserved
3
Operation not allowed
4
Operation not supported
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
PH-SIM PIN required
PH-FSIM PIN required
PH-FSIM PUK required
SIM not inserted
SIM PIN required
SIM PUK required
SIM failure
SIM busy
SIM wrong
Incorrect password
SIM PIN2 required
SIM PUK2 required
Memory full
Invalid index
22
Not found
23
Memory failure
24
Text string too long
25
Invalid characters in text string
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
215 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
26
Dial string too long
27
Invalid characters in dial string
30
No network service
31
Network timeout
32
Network not allowed - emergency calls only
40
Network personalization PIN required
41
Network personalization PUK required
42
43
44
45
46
47
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Network subset personalization PIN required
Network subset personalization PUK required
Service provider personalization PIN required
Service provider personalization PUK required
Corporate personalization PIN required
Corporate personalization PUK required
14.6. Summary of CMS ERROR Codes
Final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The
operation is similar to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same command line is
executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned.
<err> values are mostly used by common message commands:
Table 12: Different Coding Schemes of +CMS ERROR: <err>
Code of <err>
Meaning
300
ME failure
301
SMS ME reserved
302
Operation not allowed
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
216 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
303
Operation not supported
304
Invalid PDU mode
305
Invalid text mode
310
SIM not inserted
311
SIM pin necessary
312
PH SIM pin necessary
313
SIM failure
314
315
316
317
318
320
321
322
330
331
332
500
512
513
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
SIM busy
SIM wrong
SIM PUK required
SIM PIN2 required
SIM PUK2 required
Memory failure
Invalid memory index
Memory full
SMSC address unknown
No network
Network timeout
Unknown
SIM not ready
Message length exceeds
514
Invalid request parameters
515
ME storage failure
517
Invalid service mode
528
More message to send state error
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
217 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
529
MO SMS is not allow
530
GPRS is suspended
531
ME storage full
14.7. Summary of URC
Table 13: Summary of URC
Type
URC Display
Meaning
Condition
1
N/A
Main switch of all URCs. Default is
on
AT+QINDCFG="all",1
RDY
ME initialization is successful
N/A
+CFUN: 1
All function of the ME is available
N/A
+CPIN: <state>
SIM card pin state
N/A
+QUSIM: 0
Use SIM card
N/A
+QUSIM: 1
Use USIM card
N/A
+QIND: SMS DONE
SMS initialization finished
N/A
+QIND: PB DONE
Phonebook initialization finished
N/A
POWERED DOWN
Module power down
AT+QPOWD
+QIND:
“csq”,<rssi>,<ber>
Indication of signal strength and
channel bit error rate change
AT+QINDCFG="csq",
1
+CREG: <stat>
Indicate registration status of the
ME
AT+CREG=1
+CREG:
<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<
Act>]]
After cell neighborhood changing
shows whether the network has
currently indicated the registration
of the ME, with location area code
AT+CREG=2
13
+CGREG: <stat>
Indicate network registration
status of the ME
AT+CGREG=1
14
+CGREG:
<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<
Act>]]
Indicate network registration and
location information of the ME
AT+CGREG=2
2
3
4
Power
on/off
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Network
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Index
12
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
218 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
15
+CTZV: <tz>
Time zone reporting
AT+CTZR=1
16
+CTZE:
<tz>,<dst>,<time>
Extended time zone reporting
AT+CTZR=2
17
+CMTI:
<mem>,<index>
New message is received, and
saved to memory
See AT+CNMI
18
+CMT:
[<alpha>],<length><
CR><LF><pdu>
New short message is received
and output directly to TE (PDU
mode)
See AT+CNMI
19
+CMT:
<oa>,[<alpha>],<sct
s>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pi
d>,<dcs>,<sca>,<to
sca>,<length>]<CR
><LF><data>
New short message is received
and output directly to TE (Text
mode)
See AT+CNMI
+CBM:
<length><CR>
New CBM is received and output
directly (PDU mode)
See AT+CNMI
+CBM:
<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,
<page>,<pages>,<
CR>,<LF><data>
New CBM is received and output
directly to TE (Text mode)
See AT+CNMI
+CDS:<length><CR
><LF><pdu>
New CDS is received and output
directly (PDU mode)
See AT+CNMI
+CDS:<fo>,<mr>,[<r
a>],[<tora>],<scts>,
<dt>,<st>
New CDS is received and output
directly to TE (Text mode)
See AT+CNMI
+QIND:
“smsfull”,<storage>
SMS storage full indication
AT+QINDCFG="smsf
ull",1
+CMTI,+CMT,+CDS
,+CBM
Incoming message indication
AT+QINDCFG="smsi
ncoming",1
RING
“RING” indication
AT+QINDCFG="ring",
1
+COLP:
<number>,<type>,[<
subaddr>],[<satype
>],[<alpha>]
The presentation of the COL
(connected line) at the TE for a
mobile originated call
AT+COLP=1
+CLIP:
<number>,<type>,[s
ubaddr],[satype],[<al
pha>],<CLI validity>
Mobile terminating call indication
AT+CLIP=1
+CRING: <type>
An incoming call is indicated to
the TE with unsolicited result code
instead of the normal RING
AT+CRC=1
20
SMS
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Call
28
29
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
219 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
+CCWA:
<number>,<type>,<
class>[,<alpha>]
Call waiting indication
AT+CCWA=1,1
+CSSI: <code1>
Show the +CSSI intermediate
result code presentation status to
the TE
AT+CSSN=1
32
+CSSU: <code2>
Show the +CSSU unsolicited
result code presentation status to
the TE
AT+CSSN=<n>,1
33
+CUSD:
<status>[,<rspstr>,[
<dcs>]]
USSD response from the network,
or a network initiated operation
AT+CUSD=1
+QIND:
"ccinfo",<idx>,<dir>,
<stat>,<mode>,<mp
ty>[,<number>,<typ
e>,[<alpha>]]
Indication of voice call state
change
AT+QINDCFG="ccinf
o",1
+QIND: "temp",-2
Indicate the lowest temperature
AT+QCFG="temp",-2,
<tempvalue>,1
+QIND: "temp",-1
Indicate low temperature warning
AT+QCFG="temp",-1,
<tempvalue>,1
+QIND: "temp",1
Indicate high temperature warning
AT+QCFG="temp",1,
<tempvalue>,1
+QIND: "temp",2
Indicate the highest temperature
AT+QCFG="temp",2,
<tempvalue>,1
+QIND: "temp",0
The temperature comes back to
normal temperature range
N/A
+QIND: "vbatt",-2
Indicate the lowest voltage
AT+QCFG="vbatt",-2,
<vbattvalue>,1
+QIND: "vbatt",-1
Indicate low voltage warning
AT+QCFG="vbatt",-1,
<vbattvalue>,1
+QIND: "vbatt",1
Indicate high voltage warning
AT+QCFG="vbatt",1,
<vbattvalue>,1
+QIND: "vbatt",2
Indicate the highest voltage
AT+QCFG="vbatt",2,
<vbattvalue>,1
44
+QIND: "vbatt",0
The voltage comes back to normal
voltage range
N/A
45
+CGEV: REJECT
<PDP_type>,
<PDP_addr>
A network requests for PDP
activation, and was automatically
rejected.
AT+CGEREP=2,1
46
+CGEV: NW
REACT
The network requests PDP
reactivation
AT+CGEREP=2,1
30
31
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
Hardware
41
42
43
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
220 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
<PDP_type>,
<PDP_addr>,
[<cid>]
47
+CGEV: NW
DEACT
<PDP_type>,
<PDP_addr>,
[<cid>]
The network has forced a context
deactivation
AT+CGEREP=2,1
48
+CGEV: ME DEACT
<PDP_type>,
<PDP_addr>,
[<cid>]
The ME has forced a context
deactivation.
AT+CGEREP=2,1
+CGEV: NW
DETACH
The network has forced a Packet
Domain detach.
AT+CGEREP=2,1
+CGEV: ME
DETACH
The mobile equipment has forced
a Packet Domain detach.
AT+CGEREP=2,1
+CGEV: NW
CLASS <class>
The network has forced a change
of MS class.
AT+CGEREP=2,1
+CGEV: ME CLASS
<class>
The mobile equipment has forced
a change of MS class.
AT+CGEREP=2,1
49
50
51
52
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
14.8. SMS Character Sets Conversions
3GPP TS 23.038 DCS (Data Coding Scheme) defined three kinds of character sets, GSM 7 bit default
alphabet, 8 bit data and UCS2 (16bit). AT+CSMP can set the DCS in text mode (AT+CMGF=1).
In text mode, DCS (Data Coding Scheme) and AT+CSCS determine the way of SMS text input or output.
Because the low 8 bit of UCS2 character is same as the IRA character, so the conversion table of
DCS=GSM 7 bit and AT+CSCS=“UCS2” is similar to AT+CSCS=“IRA”. The difference lies in the way of
SMS text input or output, please refer to Table 14.
Table 14: The Way of SMS Text Input or Output
DCS
AT+CSCS
The Way of SMS Text Input or Output
GSM 7 bit
GSM
Input or output GSM character sets.
IRA
Input or output IRA character sets.
Input: UE will convert IRA characters to GSM characters.
Output: UE will convert GSM characters to IRA characters.
GSM 7 bit
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
221 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
GSM 7 bit
UCS2
Input or output a hex string similar to PDU mode. So only support
characters ‘0’-‘9’ and ‘A’-‘F’.
Input: UE will convert the UCS2 hex string to GSM characters.
Output: UE will convert the GSM characters to UCS2 hex string.
UCS2
-
Ignore the value of AT+CSCS, input or output a hex string similar to
PDU mode. So only support characters ‘0’-‘9’ and ‘A’-‘F’.
8 bit
-
Ignore the value of AT+CSCS, input or output a hex string similar to
PDU mode. So only support characters ‘0’-‘9’ and ‘A’-‘F’.
When DCS=GSM 7 bit, the input or output needs conversion. The detailed conversion tables are shown
as below.
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Table 15: The Input Conversions Table (DCS=GSM 7 bit and AT+CSCS=“GSM”)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
11
21
31
41
51
61
71
12
22
32
42
52
62
72
13
23
33
43
53
63
73
14
24
34
44
54
64
74
15
25
35
45
55
65
75
16
26
36
46
56
66
76
17
27
37
47
57
67
77
18
28
38
48
58
68
78
19
29
39
49
59
69
79
Submit
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
Cancel
2B
3B
4B
5B
6B
7B
0
00
1
01
2
02
3
03
4
04
5
05
6
06
7
07
8
08
9
09
A
0A
B
0B
C
0C
1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
6C
7C
D
0D
1A
2D
3D
4D
5D
6D
7D
E
0E
1E
2E
3E
4E
5E
6E
7E
F
0F
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
6F
7F
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
222 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Table 16: The Output Conversions Table (DCS=GSM 7 bit and AT+CSCS=“GSM”)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
00
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
1
01
11
21
31
41
51
61
71
2
02
12
22
32
42
52
62
72
3
03
13
23
33
43
53
63
73
4
04
14
24
34
44
54
64
74
5
05
15
25
35
45
55
65
75
6
06
16
26
36
46
56
66
76
7
07
17
27
37
47
57
67
77
8
08
18
28
38
48
58
68
78
9
09
19
29
39
49
59
69
79
A
0D0A
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
B
0B
2B
3B
4B
5B
6B
7B
C
0C
1C
2C
3C
4C
5C
6C
7C
D
0D
1A
2D
3D
4D
5D
6D
7D
E
0E
1E
2E
3E
4E
5E
6E
7E
F
0F
1F
2F
3F
4F
5F
6F
7F
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Table 17: GSM Extended Characters
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1B40
1
2
3
4
1B14
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
223 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5
6
7
8
1B28
9
1B29
A
B
C
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
1B3C
D
1B3D
E
1B3E
F
1B2F
Table 18: The Input Conversions Table (DCS=GSM 7 bit and AT+CSCS=“IRA”)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
20
20
30
00
50
20
70
20
21
31
41
51
61
71
20
22
32
42
52
62
72
20
23
33
43
53
63
73
20
02
34
44
54
64
74
20
25
35
45
55
65
75
20
26
36
46
56
66
76
20
27
37
47
57
67
77
1
20
2
20
3
20
4
20
5
20
6
20
7
20
8
backspac
e
20
28
38
48
58
68
78
9
20
20
29
39
49
59
69
79
A
0A
Submit
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
B
20
Cancel
2B
3B
4B
1B3C
6B
1B28
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
224 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
C
20
20
2C
3C
4C
1B2F
6C
1B40
D
0D
20
2D
3D
4D
1B3E
6D
1B29
E
20
20
2E
3E
4E
1B14
6E
1B3D
F
20
20
2F
3F
4F
11
6F
20
Table 19: IRA Extended Characters
A
B
C
D
E
F
0
20
20
20
20
7F
20
1
40
20
20
5D
20
7D
2
20
20
20
20
20
08
3
01
20
20
20
20
20
4
24
20
5B
20
7B
20
5
03
20
0E
20
0F
20
6
20
20
1C
5C
1D
7C
7
5F
20
09
20
20
20
8
20
20
20
0B
04
0C
9
20
20
1F
20
05
06
A
20
20
20
20
20
20
B
20
20
20
20
20
20
C
20
20
20
5E
07
7E
D
20
20
20
20
20
20
E
20
20
20
20
20
20
F
20
60
20
1E
20
20
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
225 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Table 20: The Output Conversions Table (DCS=GSM 7 bit and AT+CSCS=“IRA”)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
40
20
20
30
A1
50
BF
70
1
A3
5F
21
31
41
51
61
71
2
24
20
22
32
42
52
62
72
3
A5
20
23
33
43
53
63
73
4
E8
20
A4
34
44
54
64
74
5
E9
20
25
35
45
55
65
75
6
F9
20
26
36
46
56
66
76
7
EC
20
27
37
47
57
67
77
8
F2
20
28
38
48
58
68
78
9
C7
20
29
39
49
59
69
79
A
0D0A
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
B
D8
2B
3B
4B
C4
6B
E4
C
F8
C6
2C
3C
4C
D6
6C
F6
D
0D
E6
2D
3D
4D
D1
6D
F1
E
C5
DF
2E
3E
4E
DC
6E
FC
F
E5
C9
2F
3F
4F
A7
6F
E0
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Table 21: GSM Extended Characters
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7C
1
2
3
4
5E
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
226 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
5
6
7
8
7B
9
7D
A
B
C
D
E
F
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
5B
7E
5D
5C
14.9. Release Cause Text List of AT+CEER
Table 22: Release Cause Text List of AT+CEER
CS Internal Cause
No cause information available (default)
Phone is offline
No service available
Network release, no reason given
Received incoming call
Client ended call
UIM not present
Access attempt already in progress
Access failure, unknown source
Concur service not supported by network
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
227 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
No response received from network
GPS call ended for user call
SMS call ended for user call
Data call ended for emergency call
Rejected during redirect or handoff
Lower-layer ended call
Call origination request failed
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Client rejected incoming call
Client rejected setup indication
Network ended call
No funds available
No service available
Full service not available
Maximum packet calls exceeded
Video connection lost
Video protocol closed after setup
Video protocol setup failure
Internal error
CS Network Cause
Unassigned/unalloacted number
No route to destination
Channel unacceptable
Operator determined barring
Normal call clearing
User busy
No user responding
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
228 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
User alerting, no answer
Call rejected
Number changed
Non selected user clearing
Destination out of order
Invalid/incomplete number
Facility rejected
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Response to status enquiry
Normal, unspecified
No circuit/channel available
Network out of order
Temporary failure
Switching equipment congestion
Access information discarded
Requested circuit/channel not available
Resources unavailable, unspecified
Quality of service unavailable
Requested facility not subscribed
Incoming calls barred within the CUG
Bearer capability not authorized
Bearer capability not available
Service/option not available
Bearer service not implemented
ACM >= ACM max
Requested facility not implemented
Only RDI bearer is available
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
229 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Service/option not implemented
Invalid transaction identifier value
User not member of CUG
Incompatible destination
Invalid transit network selection
Semantically incorrect message
Invalid mandatory information
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Message non-existent/not implemented
Message type not compatible with state
IE non-existent/not implemented
Conditional IE error
Message not compatible with state
Recovery on timer expiry
Protocol error, unspecified
Interworking, unspecified
CS Network Reject
IMSI unknown in HLR
Illegal MS
IMSI unknown in VLR
IMEI not accepted
Illegal ME
GPRS services not allowed
GPRS and non GPRS services not allowed
MS identity cannot be derived
Implicitly detached
PLMN not allowed
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
230 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Location area not allowed
Roaming not allowed
GPRS services not allowed in PLMN
No suitable cells in location area
MSC temporary not reachable
Network failure
MAC failure
Synch failure
Congestion
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
GSM authentication unacceptable
Service option not supported
Requested service option not subscribed
Service option temporary out of order
Call cannot be identified
No PDP context activated
Semantically incorrect message
Invalid mandatory information
Message type non-existent
Message type not compatible with state
Information element non-existent
Message not compatible with state
RR release indication
RR random access failure
RRC release indication
RRC close session indication
RRC open session failure
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
231 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Low level failure
Low level failure, no redial allowed
Invalid SIM
No service
Timer T3230 expired
No cell available
Wrong state
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Access class blocked
Abort message received
Other cause
Timer T303 expired
No resources
Release pending
Invalid user data
PS Internal Cause
Invalid connection identifier
Invalid NSAPI
Invalid primary NSAPI
PDP establish timeout
Invalid field
SNDCP failure
RAB setup failure
No GPRS context
PDP activate timeout
PDP modify timeout
PDP inactive max timeout
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
232 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
PDP lower layer error
PDP duplicate
Access technology change
PDP unknown reason
CS PS Network Cause
LLC or SNDCP failure
Insufficient resources
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Missing or unknown APN
Unknown PDP address or PDP type
User authentication failed
Activation rejected by GGSN
Activation rejected, unspecified
Service option not supported
Requested service option not subscribed
Service option temporary out of order
NSAPI already used (not sent)
Regular deactivation
QoS not accepted
Network failure
Reactivation required
Feature not supported
Semantic error in the TFT operation
Syntactical error in the TFT operation
Unknown PDP context
PDP context without TFT already activated
Semantic errors in packet filter
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
233 / 234
UMTS/HSPA Module Series
UC15 AT Commands Manual
Syntactical errors in packet filter
Invalid transaction identifier
Semantically incorrect message
Invalid mandatory information
Message non-existent/not implemented
Message type not compatible with state
IE non-existent/not implemented
l
e
t
l
c
a
e
i
t
u
n
Q ide
f
n
o
C
Conditional IE error
Message not compatible with state
Protocol error, unspecified
UC15_AT_Commands_Manual
Confidential / Released
234 / 234
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement